Democracy Spraffa

Agenda reports pack

Argyll and Bute Council · 22 September 2026
Back to Argyll and Bute HSCP Audit and Risk Committee — 22 September 2026 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

15 September 2026 
NOTICE OF MEETING 
A meeting of the ARGYLL AND BUTE HSCP AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE will be held BY
MICROSOFT TEAMS on TUESDAY, 22 SEPTEMBER 2026 at 9:30 AM, which you are requested
to attend. 
BUSINESS 
1. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE 
2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST (IF ANY) 
3. MINUTES (Pages 3 - 6)  
Argyll and Bute HSCP Audit and Risk Committee held on 16 June 2026 
4. INTERNAL AUDIT UPDATE (Pages 7 - 18)  
Report by Chief Internal Auditor, Argyll and Bute Council 
5. INTERNAL AUDIT REPORT STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT (Pages 19 - 40)  
Report by Chief Internal Auditor, Argyll and Bute Council 
6. INTERNAL AUDIT REPORT RISK MANAGEMENT (Pages 41 - 56)  
Report by Chief Internal Auditor, Argyll and Bute Council 
7. EXTERNAL AUDIT CORRESPONDENCE AND ASSURANCE (Pages 57 - 82)  
Report by Head of Finance 
8. AUDIT SCOTLAND PUBLICATIONS (Pages 83 - 258)  
Report by Head of Finance 
9. INTERNAL AUDIT CONTRACT (Pages 259 - 262)  
Report by Head of Finance
E1 10. INTERNAL AUDIT REPORT DIRECT PAYMENTS (Pages 263 - 282)  
Report by Chief Internal Auditor, Argyll and Bute Council 
11. DATE OF NEXT MEETING 
Tuesday 15 December 2026 
The Committee will be asked to pass a resolution in terms of Section 50(A)(4) of the Local
Government (Scotland) Act 1973 to exclude the public for items of business with an “E” on the
grounds that it is likely to involve the disclosure of exempt information as defined in the
appropriate paragraph of Part I of Schedule 7a to the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973. 
Public Document Pack

Page 2

The appropriate paragraphs are:- 
E1 Paragraph 3   Information relating to any particular applicant for, or recipient or former
recipient of, any service provided by the authority. 
Paragraph 4  Information relating to any particular applicant for, or recipient or former
recipient of, any financial assistance provided by the authority. 
Argyll and Bute HSCP Audit and Risk Committee 
Councillor Kieron Green (Chair) Councillor Ross Moreland
Janice Preston Brian Steven   
Contact: Katie McKenzie, Committee Services Officer - 01546 604465

Page 3

MINUTES of MEETING of ARGYLL AND BUTE HSCP AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE held BY
MICROSOFT TEAMS 
on TUESDAY, 16 JUNE 2026 
Present: Councillor Kieron Green (Chair) 
Emily Austin
Councillor Ross Moreland 
Janice Preston
Brian Stevens
Attending: Evan Beswick, Chief Officer, Argyll and Bute HSCP
Charlotte Craig, Business Improvement Manager, Argyll and Bute HSCP
James Gow, Head of Finance, Argyll and Bute HSCP
Paul MacAskill, Chief Internal Auditor, Argyll and Bute Council
Hazel MacInnes, Senior Committee Officer, Argyll and Bute Council
Mark Outterside, Forvis Mazars
Caroline Robertson, Head of Adults – Hospitals and Community Services,
Argyll and Bute HSCP
Mhairi Weldon, Senior Audit Assistant, Argyll and Bute Council 
1. APOLOGIES FOR ABSENCE 
There were no apologies for absence intimated. 
The Chair advised that he had given permission in advance of the meeting for Emily
Austin to attend the meeting as a proxy for Brian Stevens to facilitate representation on
the Committee during transitional arrangements within the NHS Highland Board. 
2. DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST 
There were no declarations of interest intimated. 
3. MINUTES 
The Minutes of the meeting of the Argyll and Bute HSCP Audit and Risk Committee held
on 17 February 2026 were approved as a correct record. 
4. AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE ANNUAL REPORT 2025-26 
The Committee gave consideration to a report providing a summary of the work of the
Audit and Risk Committee, its auditors and an evaluation by the Chair for the year 2025-
2026. 
Decision 
The Audit and Risk Committee approved the Annual Report prior to submission to the
Integration Joint Board. 
(Reference: Report by Chair of Audit and Risk Committee dated 16 June 2026, submitted) 
Page 3 Agenda Item 3

Page 4

5. ANNUAL AUDIT PLAN - ARGYLL AND BUTE INTEGRATION JOINT
BOARD - YEAR ENDING 31 MARCH 2026 
The Committee gave consideration to the Annual Audit Plan for Argyll and Bute
Integration Joint Board for the year ending 31 March 2026. The report provided an
overview of the planned scope and timing of the external audit including the significant
and enhanced risks that had been identified. 
The external auditor advised that the report would be re-issued as the sequence of the
items within the report was incorrect. 
Decision 
The Audit and Risk Committee – 
1. noted the Annual Audit Plan for the year ending 31 March 2026; 
2. agreed there were not any other risks (business, laws & regulation, fraud, going
concern, etc.) that could result in material misstatements in the financial statements;
and 
3. agreed there were not any matters that warranted particular attention during the audit
and/ or any areas where additional procedures could be undertaken. 
(Reference: Report by Forvis Mazars dated June 2026, submitted) 
6. UNAUDITED ANNUAL ACCOUNTS 2025/26 
The Unaudited Annual Accounts for the year 2025/26 were before the Committee for
review and approval prior to submission to the external auditors and being made available
for public inspection on 31 June 2026. 
Decision 
The Audit and Risk Committee – 
1. reviewed the Unaudited Annual Accounts and Report, including the Annual
Governance Statement and approved them for issue; 
2. noted that the Integration Joint Board was reporting a favourable financial outturn and
an increase in its reserves; 
3. endorsed the earmarking of reserves detailed at note 6; and 
4. noted that the accounts were prepared on a going concern basis. 
(Reference: Report by Head of Finance dated 16 June 2026, submitted) 
7. INTERNAL AUDIT UPDATE 
The Committee gave consideration to a report providing an update on the work carried out
by Argyll and Bute Council’s Internal Audit Team on audits which were of operational
relevance to the Committee. 
Page 4

Page 5

Decision 
The Audit and Risk committee noted the progress on completion of the internal audit
recommendations. 
(Reference: Report by Chief Internal Auditor dated 16 June 2026, submitted) 
8. HSCP 2025/26 INTERNAL AUDIT ANNUAL REPORT 
The Committee gave consideration to a report presenting the final 2025/26 Argyll and
Bute HSCP Internal Audit Report and providing a formal opinion for 2025/26 based on
completed work. 
Decision 
The Audit and Risk Committee endorsed the 2025/26 Argyll and Bute HSCP Internal Audit
Report. 
(Reference: Report by Chief Internal Auditor dated 16 June 2026, submitted) 
9. REVIEW OF CARE ASSESSMENT AND RESOURCES ALLOCATION 
The Committee gave consideration to an Internal Audit report focused on Care
Assessment and Resource Allocation. 
Decision 
The Audit and Risk Committee endorsed the Internal Audit report on Care Assessment
and Resource Allocation. 
(Reference: Report by Chief Internal Auditor dated 16 June 2026, submitted) 
10. STRATEGIC RISK REGISTER REVIEW 
The Committee gave consideration to a report providing an opportunity to review the
Strategic Risk Register and consider the outcome of the Risk Appetite review. 
Decision 
The Audit and Risk Committee – 
1. reviewed and approved the Strategic Risk Register; 
2. noted the outcome of the Risk Appetite Workshop and considered if the Committee
wished to recommend any changes to the risk appetite to the Integration Joint Board;
and 
3. noted that the Strategic Risk Register would be presented to the September 2026
meeting of the Integration Joint Board. 
(Reference: Report by Head of Finance dated 16 June 2026, submitted) 
Page 5

Page 6

11. INTEGRATION JOINT BOARDS - FINANCE BULLETIN 2024/25 
The Committee gave consideration to a report presenting an Audit Scotland report that
provided an overview of the performance of Integration Joint Boards, highlighting the
financial challenges facing the sector and confirming that actual performance was now
reflecting the adverse projections / forecasts made in recent years. 
Decision 
The Audit and Risk Committee noted – 
1. the contents of the report published by Audit Scotland; 
2. the severe financial and operational challenges that continue to face Health and Social
Care; and 
3. that the Argyll and Bute HSCP was in a relatively favourable financial position at the
end of the 2024/25 year. 
(Reference: Report by Head of Finance dated 16 June 2026, submitted) 
12. AUDIT SCOTLAND: PUBLICATIONS 
The Committee gave consideration to a report highlighting five reports of interest
published recently by Audit Scotland. 
Decision 
The Audit and Risk Committee noted the Audit Scotland publications highlighted within the
report. 
(Reference: Report by Head of Finance dated 16 June 2026, submitted) 
13. DATE OF NEXT MEETING 
The Audit and Risk Committee noted that the next meeting would be held on Tuesday 22
September 2026 at 10.30am by Microsoft Teams. 
Page 6

Page 7

Classification: OFFICIAL 
Audit and Risk Committee 
Date of Meeting: 22 September 2026
Title of Report: Internal Audit Update
Presented by: Paul MacAskill, Chief Internal Auditor 
The Committee is asked to:
• review and consider the progress on completion of the internal audit
recommendations.  
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 This report updates the Audit and Risk Committee (the Committee)
on the work carried out by Argyll and Bute Council’s (the Council)
Internal Audit Team on audits which are of operational relevance
to the Committee.  
1.2 Three audits have been completed since the last meeting of the
Committee on 16 June 2026. 
1.3  In addition, this paper provides an update on the actions from audit
reports already presented to the Committee which were still open
as at 30 June 2026.    
2. DETAIL  
2.1 The Council’s internal audit team are the appointed internal
auditors for the HSCP and also, as part of delivering the Council’s
annual internal audit plan, carry out operational audits on services
delivered by the social care element of the HSCP.  Audits relating
to the HSCP internal audit plan are reported to the HSCP Audit
and Risk Committee. Social care audits delivered as part of the
Council’s internal audit plan are reported to both the HSCP Audit
and Risk Committee and the Council’s Audit and Scrutiny
Committee. Similarly audits delivered as part of the HSCP Audit
Plan are reported to the Council’s Audit and Scrutiny Committee
for information.  
Page 7 Agenda Item 4

Page 8

Classification: OFFICIAL
2.2 Internal audit reports include an action plan with a management
response which establish the agreed action, timescale and
responsible officer. Internal Audit record these in a database and,
on a quarterly basis, follow them up to ensure they are being
progressed.  Internal Audit will only complete actions where
evidence can be provided that the agreed action has been fulfilled
appropriately.   
Table 1: H&SCP (IJB) Summary of Audit Actions as at 30 June 2026 
Service
Complete
On Track
Delayed
Superseded
Total
H&SCP (IJB) – Adult Services (Hospital &
Community Services)
0 2 0 0 2
H&SCP (IJB) – Strategic Planning, Performance &
Technology
1 2 7 1 11
Total 1 4 7 1 13 
Table 2: H&SCP (SW) Summary of Audit Actions as at 30 June 2026 
Service
Complete
On Track
Delayed
Total
H&SCP (SW) – Adult Services (Complex Care &
Registered Services
0 0 1 1
H&SCP (SW) – Children and Families and Justice 2 0 2 4
H&SCP (SW) – Adult Services (Hospital &
Community Services)
0 2 1 3
Total 2 2 4 8 
Page 8

Page 9

Classification: OFFICIAL 
2.3 Work in progress / Future work
The approved plan for 2026/27 has three planned internal audit reviews,
specifically, Financial Management Arrangements, Stakeholder
Engagement and Risk Management. Two of these reviews have now
been completed and are contained in the agenda pack for the
September meeting, the third review is in progress and will be presented
at a future meeting of this committee. 
One additional audit on Direct Payments has been completed at the
request of management and is also contained in the agenda pack for
this meeting.    
3.0 RELEVANT DATA AND INDICATORS - NONE  
4.0 CONTRIBUTION TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES  
4.1 Audit reports include agreed actions to strengthen internal control.  
5.0 GOVERNANCE IMPLICATIONS  
5.1 Financial Impact - None  
5.2 Staff Governance - None  
5.3 Clinical Governance - None  
6.0 EQUALITY & DIVERSITY IMPLICATIONS - NONE  
7.0 GENERAL DATA PROTECTION PRINCIPLES COMPLIANCE  
7.1 This report in itself does not raise any GDPR issues however
consideration of GDPR will feature in audits where appropriate. 
8.0 RISK ASSESSMENT  
8.1 The audit planning approach is a risk based one and individual audit
reports provide an overall assessment on the management of risk. 
9.0 PUBLIC & USER INVOLVEMENT & ENGAGEMENT - NONE  
10.0 CONCLUSIONS  
10.1 Satisfactory progress is being made implementing audit actions  
11.0 DIRECTIONS    
Page 9

Page 10

Classification: OFFICIAL
11.1 
Directions required
to Council, NHS
Board or both.
Directions to: Tick
No Directions Required X
Argyll & Bute Council 
NHS Highland Health Board 
Argyll & Bute Council and NHS
Highland Health Board 
REPORT AUTHOR AND CONTACT
Author: Paul MacAskill
Email: Paul.Macaskill@argyll-bute.gov.uk  
Appendix 1 – Visual representations of progress in addressing agreed actions
Appendix 2 – Action Plan Points Delayed and Rescheduled  
Page 10

Page 11

Classification: OFFICIAL
Appendix 1 – Visual representations of progress in addressing agreed actions 
Page 11

Page 12

Classification: OFFICIAL
Appendix 2 – Action Plan Points Delayed and Rescheduled 
Service, Report, Plan no. & finding Agreed Action Original and
Revised Dates
Comment Responsible Officer
Medium
STRATEGIC PLANNING, PERFORMANCE &
TECHNOLOGY 
Risk Management 
Operational Risk Registers  
All key business activities within the partnership
have an operational risk register in place as
required per the Strategy document. A review
of these risk registers noted that they have not
been updated and formally reviewed. 
Recommendation accepted.
All operational risk registers
will be updated on smart
sheet. 
31/12/2024
31/12/2025
01/04/2026 
Superseded due to action
being brought up in more
recent review. 
Superseded 
Business Improvement
Manager 
Low
STRATEGIC PLANNING, PERFORMANCE &
TECHNOLOGY 
HSCP - Governance Arrangements 
While training provisions are evident, details of
IJB member training and induction are not
currently published publicly. This limits
transparency for stakeholders and potential
board members.  
HSCP will on an ongoing basis
publish a summary of the
training and induction
programme provided to IJB
members, including any
development opportunities. 
30/04/2026
30 Sep 2026 
This action is ongoing. 
Delayed and Rescheduled 
Business Improvement
Manager 
Low
STRATEGIC PLANNING, PERFORMANCE &
TECHNOLOGY 
HSCP - Governance Arrangements 
HSCP will develop a concise
governance summary guide,
including officer
responsibilities and reporting
lines. 
30/04/2026
30 Sep 2026 
This action is ongoing. 
Delayed and Rescheduled 
Business Improvement
Manager 
Page 12

Page 13

Classification: OFFICIAL 
Service, Report, Plan no. & finding Agreed Action Original and
Revised Dates
Comment Responsible Officer
A summarised governance guide, including an
organisational chart that outlines officer
responsibilities and committee reporting lines,
would improve accessibility for new members
and external stakeholders. A summarised
governance guide, including an organisational
chart that outlines officer responsibilities and
committee reporting lines, would improve
accessibility for new members and external
stakeholders. 
Low
STRATEGIC PLANNING, PERFORMANCE &
TECHNOLOGY 
HSCP - Partnership Working 
Performance Monitoring and Reporting
The HSCP should continue to develop the
existing workforce performance monitoring
arrangements so that KPIs and RAG
assessments remain clearly linked to strategic
objectives and risks, and reporting continues to
provide meaningful assurance to the IJB
developed in partnership with both employing
bodies. 
HSCP will further develop its
performance dashboard or
scorecard that visually aligns
key performance indicators
(KPIs) and RAG statuses with
HSCP’s strategic objectives
and risks. 
30/04/2026
30/06/2026
30 Sep 2026 
This is still-ongoing and
requires development of
monitoring of workforce
planning as part of IPMF. 
Delayed and Rescheduled 
Business Improvement
Manager 
Low
STRATEGIC PLANNING, PERFORMANCE &
TECHNOLOGY 
HSCP - Partnership Working 
The Chief Officer will ensure
that induction materials for
senior managers and key
officers include a dedicated
section on dispute resolution
30/04/2026
30 Sep 2026 
This will be delivered in
September, as a governance
handbook and we are
awaiting the update to
national guidance due to the
Business Improvement
Manager 
Page 13

Page 14

Classification: OFFICIAL 
Service, Report, Plan no. & finding Agreed Action Original and
Revised Dates
Comment Responsible Officer
Dispute Resolution Awareness 
The Chief Officer should embed this in induction
for senior managers and key officers on the
escalation routes set out in the Integration
Scheme, to ensure a consistent understanding
across the partnership and with wider partners. 
processes and escalation
routes as set out in the
Integration Scheme. 
amendment order on voting
rights. 
Delayed and Rescheduled 
Medium
STRATEGIC PLANNING, PERFORMANCE &
TECHNOLOGY 
HSCP: WORKFORCE PLANNING 
Appendix 1 checklist Scottish Government
guidance DL (2022)09 includes an Appendix 1
“Three-Year Workforce Plan – Indicative
Content Checklist” to assure completeness
(methodology, partner engagement, gap
analysis, linkage to service/finance plans, and
actions under the five pillars). No evidence was
found that this checklist was completed or
retained when the Plan was
produced/refreshed. At the next Workforce
Plan refresh, complete the Appendix 1 checklist
in full. 
The Appendix 1 “Three-Year
Workforce Plan – Indicative
Content Checklist” from
Scottish Government
guidance DL (2022) 09 will be
fully completed and retained
as part of the documentation
for the next Workforce Plan
refresh. 
30/04/2026
30 Sep 2026 
This has been discussed in
the Strategic Workforce
Oversight Group.  The Chair
of the A&R Committee is to
be approached and, if they
agree, we are looking to add
half an hour to the
Workforce Planning slot to
update the Committee.   
Delayed and Rescheduled 
Head of Strategic
Planning, Performance
and Technology: HSCP
and People Partner:
HSCP 
Medium
STRATEGIC PLANNING, PERFORMANCE &
TECHNOLOGY 
HSCP: WORKFORCE PLANNING 
Funding for Workforce Plan actions 
A costed funding map will be
developed jointly by NHS
Highland Finance/HR and
Argyll & Bute Council
Finance/HR, working in
partnership with HSCP. The
30/06/2026
30 Sep 2026 
This has been discussed in
the Strategic Workforce
Oversight Group.  The Chair
of the A&R Committee is to
be approached and, if they
agree, we are looking to add
NHS Highland Finance
and HR / Argyll and
Bute Council Finance
and HR 
Page 14

Page 15

Classification: OFFICIAL 
Service, Report, Plan no. & finding Agreed Action Original and
Revised Dates
Comment Responsible Officer
The Strategic Workforce Plan and quarterly
workforce reports show targeted investment
(e.g., recruitment and retention initiatives,
leadership programmes, UHI care-home
training). However, they do not provide a
consolidated, action-level breakdown of
estimated costs or named funding sources.
Costs are referenced only “as appropriate,”
limiting assurance that priority actions are fully
resourced and sustainable. 
map will set out, for each
priority action, the estimated
cost, named funding source or
budget code, phasing, and
expected benefits or savings. 
half an hour to the
Workforce Planning slot to
update the Committee.   
Delayed and Rescheduled 
Medium
STRATEGIC PLANNING, PERFORMANCE &
TECHNOLOGY 
HSCP: WORKFORCE PLANNING 
Agency Costs 
Reliance on supplementary staffing (bank and
agency) is acknowledged in the Workforce Plan
and risk documentation. However, the 2024/25
reporting does not provide a consolidated,
service-level view of agency spend and FTE with
12-month trends, targets, or named owners.
This limits targeted action, benefits tracking,
and IJB oversight. 
Existing agency and
supplementary staffing
reporting will be consolidated
and expanded into a single
dashboard, developed jointly
with Finance and HR. The
dashboard will provide
service-level spend and FTE,
12-month trends, key drivers
(e.g., vacancy, sickness), and
named owners. It will be
cross-referenced within the
regular Workforce Report to
the IJB to support clearer
oversight. 
30/06/2026
30 Sep 2026 
This has been discussed in
the Strategic Workforce
Oversight Group.  The Chair
of the A&R Committee is to
be approached and, if they
agree, we are looking to add
half an hour to the
Workforce Planning slot to
update the Committee.   
Delayed and Rescheduled 
Deputy Director of
People (NHS Highland)
and Head of Customer
Support Services
(Argyll & Bute
Council), in
partnership with the
HSCP 
Medium ADULT SERVICES (COMPLEX CARE &
REGISTERED SERVICES) 
Learning & Physical Disability Care Packages
Record keeping session (s) to
be delivered by professional
lead Senior Managers to
implement case note audit
30/06/2024
31/12/2024
31/03/2025
30/09/2025
Case File Audit Procedure,
subject to some minor
amendments which are
currently being
Senior Managers
(Adult Services) 
Page 15

Page 16

Classification: OFFICIAL 
Service, Report, Plan no. & finding Agreed Action Original and
Revised Dates
Comment Responsible Officer 
Case Notes  
Case notes are maintained on Eclipse, the
replacement client database for Carefirst. It was
noted that case notes were not always
maintained and up to date. 
within their respective
services – this should be
linked to individual
practitioner supervision. 
31/01/2026
30/06/2026
30 Sep 2026 
incorporated. An
implementation plan,
together with associated
communications and training
plans, has been developed. 
Delayed and Rescheduled 
Medium
CHILDREN AND FAMILIES AND JUSTICE 
External Placements 
Model of Care and Costs
The increasing demand within the Council is
resulting in significant budget overspends and
the demand for services is projected to increase
in the coming years. In many cases there are no
internal resources available to meet the needs
of the young person, resulting in the only
option being looking for external placements. 
Continue to explore options
to develop internal resources
for the education and care of
Argyll and Bute's children
within its existing asset base -
specifically in line with
Education's work on the
development of Secondary
Wellbeing Hubs and the
development of the work of
Children's Houses.
As in finding 5 there is no
need for a fundamental
review of the models of care. 
31/03/2026
30/06/2026
31 Mar 2027 
This action is closely linked
to the Education Review
workstream 10 and cannot
be done in isolation.  The
first meeting of this
workstream is scheduled for
August 26. 
Delayed and Rescheduled 
Head of Children
Families and Justice 
Medium
CHILDREN AND FAMILIES AND JUSTICE 
External Placements 
Sharing of Costs
Clear costings are given from the providers,
they are available to see in advance of
contacting them to discuss any prospective
Providers are expected to
provide a more detailed
breakdown of costs,
particularly extra costs, to
inform consideration and
decision making at service
level. 
31/03/2026
30/06/2026
31 Dec 2026 
It has been requested that
the date of this action be
extended to December 26 as
this work is not as fully on
track as anticipated due to
continued absence.
Finance teams are gathering
% split projections from
Head of Children
Families and Justice 
Page 16

Page 17

Classification: OFFICIAL 
Service, Report, Plan no. & finding Agreed Action Original and
Revised Dates
Comment Responsible Officer
placement, and these are available through the
Scotland Excel procurement service website.
The breakdown of all care and education
placements is 38% education and 62% care with
the placements agreed jointly by Heads of
Service for both care and education. It is
unclear whether Education are provided with a
copy of the costs of the provision of the
education in order that they can review best
value for the service provided. 
There will need to be a focus
on data trends. 
Scotland Xcel, so some slight
progress has been made
with information gathering
also being requested directly
from providers on more
detailed invoicing. This is at
the early stages. 
Delayed and Rescheduled 
Medium
ADULT SERVICES (HOSPITAL & COMMUNITY
SERVICES) 
Self-Directed Support 
Follow up Actions 
During the process of testing of records, it was
noted that there was evidence that
recommendations in Memos issued to the Care
Mangers had not been followed up. 
This finding will be highlighted
and shared with Service
Managers and Team
Managers to ensure that the
message is communicated
clearly to Social Work staff to
take account of any advice
and guidance in a complex
area of practice and are fully
aware of their responsibility
to collaborate with practice
leads and senior staff to
ensure their practice is to the
standard expected and
achieves the best outcomes
for the individual. 
31/12/2025
30/06/2026
30 Sep 2026 
This is still on-going. A
request has been made – on
behalf of the CO – assurance
from the Senior Manager
that the action has been
progressed and completed.   
Delayed and Rescheduled 
Head of Hospitals and
Community Care  Page 17

Page 18

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 19

1
Classification: OFFICIAL 
Audit and Risk Committee 
Date of Meeting:  22 September 2026 
Title of Report:   Stakeholder Engagement   
Presented by:   Paul Macaskill, Chief Internal Auditor    
The Committee is asked to:
▪ Review and endorse the Internal Audit report on Stakeholder Engagement 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1.1 An audit report focused on Stakeholder Engagement is being reported to
the Audit and Risk Committee (the Committee).
1.2 Internal Audit provides a level of assurance upon completion of audit
work. A definition for each assurance level is documented in each audit
report. The table below provides a summary of the audit conclusions,
and the full report is included as an appendix to this report. 
2. RECOMMENDATIONS 
2.1 The committee is asked to consider, discuss and approve the contents of
the attached report. 
3. DETAIL OF REPORT 
3.1 The scope of the audit was to provide assurance over arrangements to
engage effectively with all relevant stakeholders with reference to
Locality Planning Groups (LPG) as outlined in the Terms of Reference
agreed with the Head of Strategic Planning, performance and technology
Argyll and Bute HSCP on 15th April 2026. 
3.2 Three control objectives were assessed during the audit, these were: 
No of Actions
Audit Name Assurance High Medium Low VFM
Stakeholder
Engagement Reasonable 0 1 1 0
Page 19 Agenda Item 5

Page 20

2
Classification: OFFICIAL 
Control Objective
CO1 There are clearly defined strategies, policies and
governance arrangements supporting effective
stakeholder engagement
CO2 Locality Planning Groups operate effectively, with
appropriate representation, regular meetings and
meaningful contribution to local and strategic planning.
CO3 Stakeholder engagement is meaningful, with feedback
captured, analysed and demonstrably used to inform
decision-making and service design and Engagement
activity is effectively monitored and reported, with
appropriate scrutiny and challenge by senior management
and the IJB. 
3.3 Our overall audit opinion for this audit is that we can take a reasonable
level of assurance. This means that internal control, governance and the
management of risk are broadly reliable. However, whilst not displaying a
general trend, there are areas of concern which have been identified
where elements of residual risk or weakness may put some of the
system objectives at risk. In particular the report highlights the following
strengths and areas for improvement: 
Strengths
• Argyll and Bute HSCP have an established and documented
stakeholder engagement framework, supported by the
Stakeholder Engagement and Communication Framework, Annual
Engagement Plan and associated guidance. 
• Governance arrangements are in place through the Strategic
Planning Group (SPG), Locality Planning Groups (LPGs) and
Integration Joint Board (IJB), providing formal structures for
stakeholder and community engagement. 
• The HSCP undertakes a wide range of engagement activity, with
the Annual Performance Report demonstrating significant
engagement across services and communities during the year.
• Key strategic documents, including the Joint Strategic Plan and
Annual Engagement Plan, recognise the importance of co-
production, participation and involving stakeholders in service
planning and redesign. 
• Regular reporting on engagement activity is provided to the IJB,
demonstrating openness and transparency regarding engagement
undertaken across the HSCP. 
• The Stakeholder Engagement and Communication Framework
has been refreshed and continues to provide a structured
approach to engagement across the organisation. 
Page 20

Page 21

3
Classification: OFFICIAL
Areas for Improvement
• The HSCP should strengthen the audit trail demonstrating how
feedback received through stakeholder engagement influences
decision-making, service planning and policy development,
providing clearer evidence of the impact of engagement. 
• Governance reporting should place greater emphasis on
evaluating the outcomes and effectiveness of engagement activity,
rather than primarily reporting that engagement has taken place. 
• The HSCP should continue to strengthen evidence of co-
production by demonstrating how stakeholders are involved
throughout the design, development and implementation of
services, rather than primarily during consultation stages.
• The HSCP should ensure there is clearer evidence showing how
issues and themes identified through Locality Planning Groups
and other engagement mechanisms are escalated, considered
and reflected in IJB decisions where appropriate  
4. RELEVANT DATA AND INDICATORS – NONE 
5. CONTRIBUTION TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
5.1 Internal audit reports include agreed actions to strengthen internal
controls. 
6. GOVERNANCE IMPLICATIONS
6.1 Financial Impact - None
6.2 Staff Governance - None
6.3 Clinical and Care Governance – None 
7. PROFESSIONAL ADVISORY – NONE 
8. EQUALITY & DIVERSITY IMPLICATIONS – NONE 
9. GENERAL DATA PROTECTION PRINCIPLES COMPLIANCE 
9.1 This report in itself does not raise any GDPR issues however
consideration of GDPR will feature in audits where appropriate. 
10. RISK ASSESSMENT
10.1 The audit planning approach is a risk based one and individual audit
reports provide an overall assessment on the management of risk. 
Page 21

Page 22

4
Classification: OFFICIAL
11. PUBLIC & USER INVOLVEMENT & ENGAGEMENT – NONE 
12. CONCLUSIONS
12.1 Our overall audit opinion for this audit is that we can take a reasonable
level of assurance. This means that internal control, governance and the
management of risk are broadly reliable. However, whilst not displaying a
general trend, there are areas of concern which have been identified
where elements of residual risk or weakness may put some of the
system objectives at risk.  
13. DIRECTIONS 
Directions
required to
Council, NHS
Board or
both.
Directions to: tick
No Directions required x
Argyll & Bute Council 
NHS Highland Health Board 
Argyll & Bute Council and NHS Highland Health Board 
14. PREVIOUS REVIEW OF THE REPORT 
Meeting  Title of report Date Output (if
relevant)
n/a n/a n/a n/a 
REPORT AUTHOR AND CONTACT 
Author Name:  Paul Macaskill 
Email:  paul.macaskill@argyll-bute.gov.uk
Page 22

Page 23

Classification: OFFICIAL 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership
Internal Audit Report
July 2026
Final 
High Medium Low VFM
Number of Findings 0 4 1 0 
Stakeholder Engagement
Audit Opinion: Reasonable 
Page 23

Page 24

2 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement,
July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL 
Contents 
1. Executive Summary ........................................................................................................................ 3
Introduction ............................................................................................................................................ 3
Background ............................................................................................................................................. 3
Scope ....................................................................................................................................................... 3
Topical Requirements ............................................................................................................................ 3
Key Dates ................................................................................................................................................ 4
Risks ........................................................................................................................................................ 4
Audit Opinion ......................................................................................................................................... 4
Recommendations ................................................................................................................................. 5
2. Objectives and Summary Assessment ........................................................................................... 5
3. Detailed Findings ............................................................................................................................ 6
Appendix 1 – Action Plan ..................................................................................................................... 11
Appendix 2 – Audit Opinion ................................................................................................................. 17 
Contact Details 
Internal Auditor: David Sullivan 
Telephone:  01546 4186 
e-mail:   David.sullivan@argyll-bute.gov.uk 
www.argyll-bute.gov.uk
Page 24

Page 25

3 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement,
July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
1. Executive Summary
Introduction
1. As part of the 2026/27 internal audit plan, approved by the Audit & Risk Committee in February
2026, we have undertaken an audit of Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership (HSCP)
system of internal control and governance in relation to Stakeholder Engagement.
2. The audit was conducted in accordance with the Global Internal Audit Standards (GIAS) with our
conclusions based on discussions with Health & Social Care Partnership officers and the
information available at the time the fieldwork was performed. The findings outlined in this
report are only those which have come to our attention during the course of our normal audit
work and are not necessarily all the issues which may exist. Appendix 1 to this report includes
agreed actions to strengthen internal control however it is the responsibility of management to
determine the extent of the internal control system appropriate to the HSCP.
3. The contents of this report have been agreed with the appropriate Health & Social Care
Partnership officers to confirm factual accuracy, and appreciation is due for the cooperation and
assistance received from all officers over the course of the audit.
Background
4. A review of Stakeholder Engagement has been planned as part of the 2026/27 Argyll and Bute
Health and Social Care Partnership (HSCP) Internal Audit programme. 
5. Effective stakeholder engagement is a fundamental component of good governance and service
delivery within HSCP. It ensures that communities, service users, staff, partners and other
stakeholders are appropriately involved in the planning, design and delivery of services.
6. The Integration Joint Board (IJB) has a statutory responsibility to ensure that stakeholders are
meaningfully involved in decision-making processes, in line with Scottish Government guidance
Planning with People (2024), which promotes co-production and continuous engagement.
7. This audit is linked to the Strategic Risk Register:
• SRR11 – Communications and Engagement with Communities, which identifies the risk
of inadequate arrangements to communicate and engage effectively with stakeholders,
communities and partners.
Scope 
8. The scope of the audit was to provide assurance over arrangements to engage effectively with
all relevant stakeholders with reference to Locality Planning Groups (LPG) as outlined in the
Terms of Reference agreed with the Head of Strategic Planning, performance and technology
Argyll and Bute HSCP on 15th April 2026.
Topical Requirements
9. Topical Requirements are a new, mandatory component of the updated International
Professional Practices Framework for internal auditing, they must be followed when auditing
subjects for which a Topical Requirement exists or when aspects of the Topical Requirement are
identified within other audits. 
Page 25

Page 26

4 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement,
July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
10. The Cybersecurity Topical Requirement (issued February 2025) has been considered. While this
audit does not focus on cybersecurity, digital engagement methods (e.g. social media) form part
of stakeholder engagement.
11. The audit will therefore consider whether any relevant risks associated with digital engagement
are appropriately recognised and managed.
Key Dates
12. The Terms of Reference provided provisional timescales for the review to take place, the actual
dates are noted below.
Exhibit 1 – Key Dates
Stage Actual
Date
Terms of Reference agreed 15TH April 2026
Fieldwork Commencement 1st May 2026
Draft Report issued 29th May 2026
Management Comments received 30th June 2026
Final Report issued 2nd July 2026
Audit and Risk Committee 22nd September 2026
Risks
13.  The risks considered throughout the audit were:
• SRR11:  Communications and Engagement with Communities, which identifies the risk of
inadequate arrangements to communicate and engage effectively with stakeholders,
communities and partners.
• Audit Risk 1: Stakeholder engagement arrangements are not clearly defined or
effectively implemented, resulting in inconsistent or ineffective engagement
• Audit Risk 2: Locality Planning Groups (LPGs) are not operating effectively, resulting in
limited local input into planning and decision-making.
• Audit Risk 3: Stakeholder feedback is not systematically captured, analysed or acted
upon, resulting in limited impact on services
• Audit Risk 4: Engagement activity is not effectively monitored or reported, limiting
oversight and assurance to the IJB
Audit Opinion
14. We provide an overall audit opinion for all the audits we conduct. This is based on our
judgement on the level of assurance which we can take over the established internal controls,
governance and management of risk as evidenced by our audit work.  Full details of the five
possible categories of audit opinion is provided in Appendix 2 to this report.
15. Our overall audit opinion for this audit is that we can take a Reasonable level of assurance.  This
means that internal control, governance and the management of risk are broadly reliable.
However, whilst not displaying a general trend, there are areas of concern which have been
identified where elements of residual risk or weakness may put some of the system objectives at
risk.
Page 26

Page 27

5 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement,
July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
Recommendations
16. We have highlighted four medium priority recommendations and one low priority
recommendation where we believe there is scope to strengthen the control and governance
environment. These are summarised below:
• Governance oversight and evaluative scrutiny of stakeholder engagement reporting
should be strengthened.
•  A formally documented stakeholder engagement roles and responsibilities framework
should be established.
• Arrangements for recording and evidencing outcomes arising from Locality Planning
Group discussions should be strengthened
• Arrangements for evidencing, tracking and monitoring stakeholder engagement
outcomes and their impact on operational actions and decision-making should be
strengthened.
• A clearly documented and consistently applied review cycle for engagement framework
documentation should be established.
17. Full details of the audit findings, recommendations and management responses can be found in
Section 3 of this report and in the action plan at Appendix 1.
2. Objectives and Summary Assessment
18. Exhibit 1 sets out the control objectives identified during the planning phase of the audit and our
assessment against each objective.  
Exhibit 2 – Summary Assessment of Control Objectives 
Control Objective Link to Risk Assessment Summary Conclusion
1 There are clearly
defined strategies,
policies and
governance
arrangements
supporting effective
stakeholder
engagement.
SRR11
Audit Risk 1
Substantial The HSCP has established a
comprehensive stakeholder
engagement framework supported
by governance structures, strategic
planning arrangements, and
alignment with national guidance.
Minor improvement opportunities
were identified regarding
formalisation of review arrangements
and clearer documentation of roles
and responsibilities.
2 Locality Planning
Groups operate
effectively, with
appropriate
representation,
regular meetings
and meaningful
contribution to
local and strategic
planning.
SRR11
Audit Risk 2
Reasonable Locality Planning Groups are formally
established and operating across the
HSCP, with evidence of ongoing
engagement activity and contribution
to strategic planning. However,
limitations in operational
documentation, escalation evidence,
and measurable outcome tracking
reduce assurance regarding the
overall effectiveness and consistency
of LPG arrangements.
Page 27

Page 28

6 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement,
July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
3 Stakeholder
engagement is
meaningful, with
feedback captured,
analysed and
demonstrably used
to inform decision-
making and service
design and
Engagement
activity is
effectively
monitored and
reported, with
appropriate
scrutiny and
challenge by senior
management and
the IJB.
SRR 11
Audit Risk 3
Audit Risk 4
Reasonable The HSCP has established structured
arrangements for planning,
delivering, and reporting stakeholder
engagement activity, including formal
processes for capturing and analysing
stakeholder feedback. However,
limited evidence was available
demonstrating consistent evaluative
scrutiny, measurable outcomes, and
clear audit trails linking engagement
activity to final operational or
strategic decisions. 
19. Further details of our conclusions against each control objective can be found in Section 3 of this
report.  
3. Detailed Findings
There are clearly defined strategies, policies and governance arrangements supporting effective
stakeholder engagement
20. A review of the NHS Highland Engagement Hub confirmed that the HSCP utilises a structured
and documented digital platform to support stakeholder engagement activities. The Hub
provides a centralised mechanism for consultation and participation, including surveys, feedback
tools, stakeholder information, and online engagement activity, demonstrating that formal
arrangements are in place to facilitate ongoing engagement with stakeholders.
21. Further review of supporting documentation identified a comprehensive stakeholder
engagement framework underpinning engagement activity across the HSCP. The Engagement
Framework Refresh 2025 sets out the HSCP’s strategic approach to engagement, including
defined engagement principles, governance structures, and supporting arrangements such as
the Annual Engagement Plan and Engagement Specification. The Framework explicitly
references alignment with Planning with People (2024) and the National Standards for
Community Engagement.  In addition, the Engagement Flowchart (May 2024) provides a
structured end-to-end process for planning, delivering, analysing and reporting engagement
activity, including requirements for stakeholder identification, equality impact assessment,
analysis of responses, governance reporting, and feedback loops.
22. Review of the Joint Strategic Plan (JSP) Engagement Specification and associated Engagement
Report further demonstrated evidence of structured engagement planning, stakeholder
mapping, defined engagement methodologies, analysis of stakeholder responses, and linkage
between engagement activity and development of strategic priorities.
23. A review of governance arrangements and supporting engagement documentation confirmed
that stakeholder engagement is reported through established governance structures within the
Page 28

Page 29

7 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement,
July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
HSCP. The Engagement Framework Refresh 2025 identifies defined governance arrangements
supporting stakeholder engagement, including the Strategic Engagement Advisory Group,
Strategic Planning Group (SPG), and Integration Joint Board (IJB), with reporting routes
established between operational engagement activity and senior governance structures.
24. Review of IJB minutes dated 19 November 2025 confirmed that the Board considered reports
relating to the Annual Engagement Plan 2025–26, the updated Engagement Framework aligned
to Planning with People (2024), and Locality Planning proposals. In addition, the JSP Engagement
Specification and associated governance documentation identified evidence of formal
engagement planning, governance oversight, and approval arrangements through SPG and
senior management structures.
25. Overall, there is strong evidence that stakeholder engagement is supported through established
governance structures, defined reporting arrangements, and formal oversight processes within
the HSCP.
26. However, while governance and reporting arrangements are clearly established, evidence within
governance minutes indicates that engagement reporting is primarily presented for noting, with
limited evidence of detailed scrutiny, challenge, or evaluation of engagement effectiveness
recorded within Board or committee discussions.            
Action Plan 1
27. A review of governance arrangements and supporting engagement documentation indicates
that stakeholder engagement responsibilities are assigned to relevant officers and governance
groups within the HSCP. The Engagement Framework Refresh 2025 identifies governance
structures supporting engagement activity, including the Strategic Engagement Advisory Group,
SPG, and IJB, while the Engagement Flowchart (May 2024) and JSP Engagement Specification
refer to the use of lead officers, governance approval processes, and defined engagement
responsibilities within operational planning arrangements.
28. However, during discussion with the HSCP officer responsible for engagement, management
confirmed that there is no standalone document or formally defined roles and responsibilities
framework clearly setting out stakeholder engagement responsibilities, accountabilities, and
reporting lines across the organisation. As a result, while engagement responsibilities appear to
operate effectively in practice, limited assurance is available that roles and responsibilities are
consistently documented, communicated, and applied across all service areas.
Action Plan 2
29. A review of governance documentation confirmed that the HSCP Engagement Framework has
been subject to recent review and update. The Engagement Framework Refresh 2025 states that
the framework has been updated to reflect changes in national guidance, including alignment
with Planning with People (2024). In addition, review of IJB reporting dated 19 November 2025
confirmed that the updated Engagement Framework and Annual Engagement Plan were
presented through established governance arrangements, demonstrating oversight and
reporting to senior decision-making bodies.
30. However, while evidence of review activity and governance oversight was identified, audit
testing did not identify a single fully documented and consistently applied review cycle covering
all elements of the engagement framework, supporting operational guidance, and associated
Page 29

Page 30

8 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement,
July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
engagement documentation. As a result, assurance is reduced that all engagement
arrangements will be reviewed systematically and consistently over time.          
Action Plan 5
Locality Planning Groups operate effectively, with appropriate representation, regular meetings
and meaningful contribution to local and strategic planning.
31. Evidence confirms that Locality Planning Groups (LPGs) are formally established across Argyll
and Bute HSCP, with a defined role and structure within the wider stakeholder engagement and
strategic planning framework.
32. The LPG Option Appraisal confirms that locality planning is a statutory requirement under the
Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 and identifies the development of a structured
locality planning model across Argyll and Bute. In addition, review of Locality Planning Key
Messages documentation from November 2025, January 2026 and March 2026 demonstrates
that LPG arrangements are operational across localities and are being actively used to support
stakeholder engagement and locality-based discussion.
33. The documentation reviewed also identified evidence of review and development of LPG
structures, including the transition from four LPGs to two locality groupings (East and West
LPGs), following review of participation, locality planning arrangements, and stakeholder
engagement approaches. This demonstrates that LPG arrangements are subject to ongoing
evaluation and updating.
34. Review of Strategic Planning Group (SPG) minutes and associated governance documentation
further confirms that LPGs are embedded within the HSCP governance framework and form part
of wider locality planning and stakeholder engagement arrangements.
35. A review was carried out of SPG minutes, IJB minutes, Annual Performance Reports, LPG Key
Messages documentation, and JSP engagement documentation to assess the quality and
relevance of discussions taking place within LPGs.
36. Evidence demonstrates that LPG activity is reported through governance arrangements,
including updates on locality planning, stakeholder engagement activity, and community
priorities. The documentation reviewed identified discussion of a range of relevant local issues
and themes, including wellbeing, prevention, unpaid carers, sustainability, communication with
communities, mental health, social support, and service accessibility.
37. The Joint Strategic Plan Engagement Report and LPG Key Messages documentation further
demonstrate evidence of locality-based engagement activity, thematic discussion, stakeholder
participation, and identification of community priorities across different geographical areas. This
indicates that LPG discussions are supporting wider engagement activity and providing a forum
for consideration of local stakeholder and community issues.
38. However, while evidence of meaningful discussion and stakeholder participation was identified,
governance reporting and centrally available documentation generally remain high-level in
nature, with limited operational detail regarding how discussions are formally analysed,
prioritised, escalated, or translated into specific actions and measurable service improvements. 
In addition, documentation does not consistently demonstrate clear audit trails linking LPG
discussions to subsequent governance decisions, operational actions, or monitored outcomes.                       
Action Plan 3
Page 30

Page 31

9 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement,
July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
39. Review of stakeholder engagement documentation and governance reporting identified
evidence that outputs from LPGs and wider engagement activity contribute to strategic planning
and governance processes within the HSCP.
40. The JSP Engagement Report demonstrates that stakeholder feedback, thematic analysis, and
locality engagement activity were used to inform development of strategic priorities and
commissioning intentions. In addition, review of IJB reporting identified examples where
engagement activity, consultation outcomes, and Integrated Impact Assessments were
referenced within governance papers relating to strategic planning and budget proposals.
41. However, during discussion with the HSCP officer responsible for engagement, management
were unable to provide a clear end-to-end example demonstrating how an issue raised through
a LPG or wider stakeholder engagement activity had been formally escalated through
governance arrangements and directly influenced a final strategic or operational decision.
42. As a result, while evidence demonstrates that stakeholder engagement activity contributes to
governance reporting and strategic planning processes, assurance is reduced regarding the
consistency and transparency of escalation arrangements and the extent to which engagement
outcomes can be clearly linked to measurable operational or strategic decisions.
Action Plan 4
Stakeholder engagement is meaningful, with feedback captured, analysed and demonstrably
used to inform decision-making and service design and Engagement activity is effectively
monitored and reported, with appropriate scrutiny and challenge by senior management and the
IJB.
43. A review of stakeholder engagement documentation confirmed that engagement activities
undertaken by the HSCP are supported by defined objectives, structured planning arrangements,
and documented engagement methodologies.  
44. Review of the HSCP Budget Saving Review engagement page confirmed that engagement activity
was supported by a clearly defined purpose and context, including the financial challenges facing
the HSCP and the need to identify savings and service priorities. The engagement exercise
identified specific objectives, including gathering stakeholder views on proposed service changes
and financial priorities, and utilised a range of engagement methods including surveys, online
engagement activity, consultation exercises, and community engagement events.  
45. Supporting documentation, including the NHS Highland Engagement Hub, Annual Engagement
Plan 2025–26, Engagement Framework Refresh 2025, and JSP Engagement Specification,
demonstrates that stakeholder engagement activity within the HSCP is formally planned,
structured and aligned to organisational objectives and governance arrangements.  Overall,
there is strong evidence that stakeholder engagement activities are appropriately planned and
supported by defined objectives, stakeholder identification processes, engagement
methodologies, and governance oversight arrangements.
46. Review of stakeholder engagement documentation confirmed that the HSCP utilises structured
mechanisms for capturing and handling stakeholder feedback across a range of engagement
activities.
47. The NHS Highland Engagement Hub, Engagement Framework Refresh 2025, and supporting
engagement documentation demonstrate that stakeholder views are systematically collected
through a variety of engagement methods, including questionnaires, surveys, online
Page 31

Page 32

10 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement,
July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
engagement activity, consultation exercises, stakeholder workshops, community events, and
Locality Planning Group discussions.
48. In addition, the Engagement Flowchart (May 2024) outlines formal processes for gathering
feedback, analysing responses, incorporating engagement outcomes into governance and
decision-making processes, and closing the feedback loop.
49. Review of IJB reporting and supporting governance documentation also identified examples
where engagement feedback and Integrated Impact Assessments were referenced within
decision-making papers relating to strategic planning and budget proposals.
50. Overall, there is strong evidence that the HSCP has established structured arrangements and
formal processes for collecting, recording, and analysing stakeholder feedback across a range of
engagement activities.  However, while evidence was identified that stakeholder feedback and
thematic analysis inform governance reporting, strategic planning and decision-making
processes, limited evidence was available demonstrating how engagement outcomes are
consistently prioritised, tracked and monitored through to measurable actions, service
improvements or decision-making outcomes across all engagement activity.
Action Plan 4
51. A review of IJB minutes indicates that stakeholder engagement reports are presented through
established governance arrangements and are routinely submitted for consideration. However,
the minutes show that these reports are primarily presented for noting, with limited evidence of
detailed discussion, scrutiny, or challenge by Board members or senior management.
52. This suggests that while stakeholder engagement activity is reported, the level of oversight may
be largely informational rather than evaluative. There is little documented evidence of critical
review, questioning of outcomes, or challenge regarding the effectiveness and impact of
engagement activity.          
Action Plan 1   
Page 32

Page 33

Classification: OFFICIAL
Appendix 1 – Action Plan 
No Finding Risk Agreed Action Responsibility / Due Date
Medium
1 Engagement Reporting 
The HSCP should strengthen governance oversight
arrangements for stakeholder engagement by ensuring
that engagement reporting presented to governance
groups includes appropriate evaluative scrutiny, challenge,
and assessment of engagement effectiveness, outcomes,
and impact on service planning and decision-making.
In the absence of
sufficient evaluative
scrutiny and challenge
of stakeholder
engagement activity,
there is a risk that
governance groups are
unable to fully assess
the effectiveness,
impact, and outcomes
of engagement
arrangements or
identify opportunities
for improvement.
Management will
review existing
stakeholder
engagement reporting
arrangements to ensure
that governance reports
presented to the
Strategic Planning
Group and Integration
Joint Board include
appropriate evaluative
information regarding
engagement
effectiveness,
outcomes, and impact
on service planning and
decision-making where
appropriate.
Associate Director, Public
Heath, NHS Highland 
Head of Strategic
Planning, Performance
and Technology
Argyll and Bute HSCP 
31st December 2026 
Page 33

Page 34

12 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL 
No Finding Risk Agreed Action Responsibility / Due Date
Medium
2 Roles and Responsibilities 
The HSCP should develop and maintain a formally
documented stakeholder engagement roles and
responsibilities framework (or equivalent RACI matrix)
clearly defining accountability, operational responsibilities,
governance reporting lines, and oversight arrangements
for stakeholder engagement activity across the
organisation.
In the absence of a
formally documented
stakeholder
engagement roles and
responsibilities
framework, there is a
risk that engagement
activity may be applied
inconsistently across
services, resulting in
unclear accountability,
inconsistent governance
oversight, and reduced
assurance regarding the
effectiveness of
stakeholder
engagement
arrangements
Management will
develop and document
a stakeholder
engagement roles and
responsibilities
framework to support
clarity of accountability,
governance reporting
arrangements, and
operational
responsibilities across
stakeholder
engagement activity.
Associate Director, Public
Heath, NHS Highland 
Head of Strategic
Planning, Performance
and Technology
Argyll and Bute HSCP 
31st December 2026 Page 34

Page 35

13 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL 
No Finding Risk Agreed Action Responsibility / Due Date
Medium
3 Recording of LPG discussions 
The HSCP should strengthen arrangements for recording,
analysing, prioritising, and evidencing outcomes arising
from Locality Planning Group discussions to ensure that
stakeholder issues and community priorities are
consistently translated into operational actions,
governance reporting, and measurable service
improvements.
In the absence of clear
processes and audit
trails demonstrating
how Locality Planning
Group discussions are
analysed, prioritised,
escalated, and
translated into
measurable outcomes,
there is a risk that
stakeholder
engagement activity
does not consistently
influence service
planning, governance,
or service improvement.
Management will
review arrangements
for recording and
monitoring Locality
Planning Group
discussions and
outcomes to support
more consistent
documentation,
escalation, and
evidencing of actions
arising from locality
engagement activity.
Associate Director, Public
Heath, NHS Highland 
31st December 2026
Page 35

Page 36

14 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL 
No Finding Risk Agreed Action Responsibility / Due Date
Medium 
4 Escalation and Tracking of Stakeholder Engagement
Outcomes 
The HSCP should strengthen arrangements for evidencing
and tracking how stakeholder engagement issues,
feedback, and consultation outcomes are formally
escalated through governance processes and translated
into operational actions, strategic decisions, and
measurable outcomes.
In the absence of clear
and auditable escalation
and decision-tracking
arrangements, there is a
risk that stakeholder
engagement activity
does not consistently
influence operational or
strategic decision-
making, reducing
transparency,
accountability, and
assurance over the
effectiveness of
engagement
arrangements.
Management will
review existing
arrangements for
evidencing and tracking
stakeholder
engagement outcomes
to strengthen audit
trails demonstrating
how engagement
feedback and
consultation outcomes
are escalated through
governance
arrangements and
inform operational
actions and strategic
decision-making.
Associate Director, Public
Heath, NHS Highland 
Head of Strategic
Planning, Performance
and Technology
Argyll and Bute HSCP 
31st December 2026 Page 36

Page 37

15 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL 
No Finding Risk Agreed Action Responsibility / Due Date
Low
5 Document Review Cycle 
The HSCP should establish and maintain a clearly
documented and consistently applied review cycle
covering the Engagement Framework, supporting
operational guidance, engagement tools, and associated
stakeholder engagement documentation to ensure
arrangements remain current, aligned to national
guidance, and subject to regular governance oversight.
In the absence of a
clearly documented and
consistently applied
review cycle for
stakeholder
engagement
documentation, there is
a risk that elements of
the engagement
framework, operational
guidance, or supporting
arrangements may not
be reviewed
systematically or
updated in line with
changes to national
guidance, governance
requirements, or
operational practice.
Management will
establish a documented
review schedule
covering the
Engagement Framework
and associated
stakeholder
engagement
documentation to
support consistent
review and alignment
with national guidance
and governance
requirements.
Associate Director, Public
Heath, NHS Highland 
Head of Strategic
Planning, Performance
and Technology
Argyll and Bute HSCP 
31st December 2026    Page 37

Page 38

16 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
In order to assist management in using our reports a system of grading audit findings has been adopted to allow the significance of findings to be ascertained. 
The definitions of each classification are as follows: 
Grading    Definition
High  A major observation on high level controls and other important internal controls or a significant matter relating to the critical success of the
objectives of the system.  The weakness may therefore give rise to loss or error. 
Medium 
Observations on less significant internal controls and/or improvements to the efficiency and effectiveness of controls which will assist in meeting
the objectives of the system.  The weakness is not necessarily substantial however the risk of error would be significantly reduced if corrective
action was taken.  
Low  Minor recommendations to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of controls or an isolated issue subsequently corrected.  The weakness does
not appear to significantly affect the ability of the system to meet its objectives. 
VFM  An observation which does not highlight an issue relating to internal controls but represents a possible opportunity for the HSCP to achieve better
value for money (VFM). 
Page 38

Page 39

17 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Stakeholder Engagement, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
Appendix 2 – Audit Opinion 
Level of Assurance  Definition 
High  Internal control, governance and the management of risk are at a high standard. Only marginal elements of residual risk have
been identified with these either being accepted or dealt with. A sound system of control designed to achieve the system
objectives is in place and being applied consistently. 
Substantial  Internal control, governance and the management of risk is sound. However, there are minor areas of weakness which put some
system objectives at risk and specific elements of residual risk that are slightly above an acceptable level and need to be
addressed within a reasonable timescale. 
Reasonable 
Internal control, governance and the management of risk are broadly reliable. However, whilst not displaying a general trend,
there are areas of concern which have been identified where elements of residual risk or weakness may put some of the system
objectives at risk. 
Limited  Internal control, governance and the management of risk are displaying a general trend of unacceptable residual risk above an
acceptable level and placing system objectives are at risk. Weakness must be addressed with a reasonable timescale with
management allocating appropriate resources to the issues raised. 
No Assurance  Internal control, governance and the management of risk is poor. Significant residual risk and/or significant non-compliance with
basic controls exists leaving the system open to error, loss or abuse. Residual risk must be addressed immediately with
management allocating appropriate resources to the issues. 
Page 39

Page 40

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 41

1
Classification: OFFICIAL 
Audit and Risk Committee 
Date of Meeting:  22 September 2026 
Title of Report:   Risk Management   
Presented by:   Paul Macaskill, Chief Internal Auditor    
The Committee is asked to:
▪ Review and endorse the Internal Audit report on Risk Management 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1.1 An audit report focused on Risk Management is being reported to the
Audit and Risk Committee (the Committee).
1.2 Internal Audit provides a level of assurance upon completion of audit
work. A definition for each assurance level is documented in each audit
report. The table below provides a summary of the audit conclusions,
and the full report is included as an appendix to this report. 
2. RECOMMENDATIONS 
2.1 The committee is asked to consider, discuss and approve the contents of
the attached report. 
3. DETAIL OF REPORT 
3.1 The scope of the audit was to provide assurance that risk management
procedures are robust and being complied with and supporting
documents are up to date as outlined in the Terms of Reference agreed
with the Business Improvement Manager on 18th June 2026. 
3.2 Four control objectives were assessed during the audit, these were: 
No of Actions
Audit Name Assurance High Medium Low VFM
Risk Management Reasonable 1 0 1 0
Page 41 Agenda Item 6

Page 42

2
Classification: OFFICIAL 
Control Objective
CO1 The HSCP has an up-to-date Risk Management Strategy,
supporting procedures and governance arrangements
which clearly define responsibilities for identifying,
assessing, managing and reporting risks.
CO2 Strategic risks are identified, assessed, owned and
reviewed using a consistent methodology and are aligned
to the HSCP's strategic objectives and priorities
CO3 Strategic risks and associated mitigation actions are
regularly monitored, reviewed and reported to
management and governance bodies to support effective
oversight and decision-making.
C04 Appropriate arrangements are in place to support the
development, implementation and maintenance of
Operational Risk Registers across relevant services,
including clear ownership, reporting arrangements and
escalation routes to the Strategic Risk Register. 
3.3 Our overall audit opinion for this audit is that we can take a reasonable
level of assurance. This means that internal control, governance and the
management of risk are broadly reliable. However, whilst not displaying a
general trend, there are areas of concern which have been identified
where elements of residual risk or weakness may put some of the
system objectives at risk. The report highlights the following strengths
and areas for improvement: 
Strengths
• Argyll and Bute HSCP have an established and documented Risk
Management Strategy that defines the framework for managing
risk, including governance arrangements, roles and
responsibilities, risk appetite and reporting requirements. 
• The Strategic Risk Register (SRR) is comprehensive and records
strategic risks consistently, including risk descriptions, controls,
mitigating actions, ownership, review dates and gross and residual
risk scores. 
• The Strategic Risk Register is aligned to the Joint Strategic Plan,
ensuring that strategic risks support the delivery of the HSCP's
strategic priorities and objectives. 
• The Strategic Risk Register is subject to regular review by the
Senior Leadership Team, Audit & Risk Committee and Integration
Joint Board, providing appropriate governance, scrutiny and
oversight of strategic risks.
• The Audit & Risk Committee also considers external reports and
publications, including Audit Scotland reports and the Global Risks
Report, helping to ensure that strategic risks are considered within
the wider external operating environment. 
Page 42

Page 43

3
Classification: OFFICIAL
• The HSCP has developed a Risk Appetite Framework which
supports consideration of risk tolerance when reviewing and
managing strategic risks. 
Areas for Improvement
• The HSCP should complete the development and implementation
of the Operational Risk Register (ORR) framework, including
documented governance, review, reporting and escalation
arrangements across all relevant services. 
• The HSCP should formalise arrangements for monitoring and
reporting progress in implementing Operational Risk Registers to
provide assurance that they are being developed consistently and
embedded across the organisation. 
• The HSCP should improve accessibility of key risk management
documentation by making the Risk Management Strategy,
guidance and supporting documents available through a central
intranet location.  
4. RELEVANT DATA AND INDICATORS – NONE 
5. CONTRIBUTION TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES
5.1 Internal audit reports include agreed actions to strengthen internal
controls. 
6. GOVERNANCE IMPLICATIONS
6.1 Financial Impact - None
6.2 Staff Governance - None
6.3 Clinical and Care Governance – None 
7. PROFESSIONAL ADVISORY – NONE 
8. EQUALITY & DIVERSITY IMPLICATIONS – NONE 
9. GENERAL DATA PROTECTION PRINCIPLES COMPLIANCE 
9.1 This report in itself does not raise any GDPR issues however
consideration of GDPR will feature in audits where appropriate. 
Page 43

Page 44

4
Classification: OFFICIAL
10. RISK ASSESSMENT
10.1 The audit planning approach is a risk based one and individual audit
reports provide an overall assessment on the management of risk. 
11. PUBLIC & USER INVOLVEMENT & ENGAGEMENT – NONE 
12. CONCLUSIONS
12.1 Our overall audit opinion for this audit is that we can take a reasonable
level of assurance. This means that internal control, governance and the
management of risk are broadly reliable. However, whilst not displaying a
general trend, there are areas of concern which have been identified
where elements of residual risk or weakness may put some of the
system objectives at risk.  
13. DIRECTIONS 
Directions
required to
Council, NHS
Board or
both.
Directions to: tick
No Directions required x
Argyll & Bute Council 
NHS Highland Health Board 
Argyll & Bute Council and NHS Highland Health Board 
14. PREVIOUS REVIEW OF THE REPORT 
Meeting  Title of report Date Output (if
relevant)
n/a n/a n/a n/a 
REPORT AUTHOR AND CONTACT 
Author Name:  Paul Macaskill 
Email:  paul.macaskill@argyll-bute.gov.uk
Page 44

Page 45

Classification: OFFICIAL 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership
Internal Audit Report
July 2026/27
Final 
High Medium Low VFM
Number of Findings 1 0 1 0 
Risk Management
Audit Opinion: Reasonable 
Page 45

Page 46

2 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Risk Management, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL 
Contents 
1. Executive Summary ........................................................................................................................ 3
Introduction ............................................................................................................................................ 3
Background ............................................................................................................................................. 3
Scope ....................................................................................................................................................... 3
Topical Requirements ............................................................................................................................ 3
Key Dates ................................................................................................................................................ 4
Risks ........................................................................................................................................................ 4
Audit Opinion ......................................................................................................................................... 4
Recommendations ................................................................................................................................. 5
2. Objectives and Summary Assessment ........................................................................................... 5
3. Detailed Findings ............................................................................................................................ 6
Appendix 1 – Action Plan ....................................................................................................................... 9
Appendix 2 – Audit Opinion ................................................................................................................. 11 
Contact Details 
Internal Auditor: David Sullivan 
Telephone:  01546 604186 
e-mail:   David.sullivan@argyll-bute.gov.uk 
www.argyll-bute.gov.uk
Page 46

Page 47

3 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Risk Management, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
1. Executive Summary
Introduction
1. As part of the 2026/27 internal audit plan, approved by the Audit & Risk Committee in February
2026, we have undertaken an audit of Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership (HSCP)
system of internal control and governance in relation to Risk Management.
2. The audit was conducted in accordance with the Global Internal Audit Standards (GIAS) with our
conclusions based on discussions with Health & Social Care Partnership officers and the
information available at the time the fieldwork was performed. The findings outlined in this
report are only those which have come to our attention during our normal audit work and are
not necessarily all the issues which may exist. Appendix 1 to this report includes agreed actions
to strengthen internal control however it is the responsibility of management to determine the
extent of the internal control system appropriate to the HSCP.
3. The contents of this report have been agreed with the appropriate Health & Social Care
Partnership officers to confirm factual accuracy, and appreciation is due for the cooperation and
assistance received from all officers over the course of the audit.
Background
4. Risk management is a core component of effective governance within the Argyll and Bute Health
and Social Care Partnership (HSCP). It ensures that risks to the delivery of strategic objectives are
identified, assessed, managed and monitored appropriately. 
5. The Integration Joint Board (IJB) is responsible for overseeing risk management arrangements
supported by the Strategic and operational Risk Registers. Management have advised that work
is currently underway to further develop and implement Operational Risk Registers (ORRs)
across relevant services. This audit will therefore focus on strategic risk management
arrangements and governance oversight whilst considering progress made in developing
operational risk management arrangements.
Scope 
6. The scope of the audit was to provide assurance that risk management procedures are robust
and being complied with and supporting documents are up to date as outlined in the Terms of
Reference agreed with the Business Improvement Manager on 18th June 2026.
Topical Requirements
7. Topical Requirements are a new, mandatory component of the updated International
Professional Practices Framework for internal auditing, they must be followed when auditing
subjects for which a Topical Requirement exists or when aspects of the Topical Requirement are
identified within other audits. 
8. The Cybersecurity Topical Requirement (issued February 2025) has been considered as part of
this audit. While this audit is not specifically focused on cybersecurity, cyber risk forms part of
the overall risk management framework and may be reflected within the Strategic Risk Register
and operational risk registers. 
Page 47

Page 48

4 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Risk Management, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
9. Accordingly, the audit will consider whether relevant risks, including cybersecurity where
applicable, are appropriately captured, assessed and reported within the HSCP’s risk
management arrangements.  
Key Dates
10. The Terms of Reference provided provisional timescales for the review to take place, the actual
dates are noted below. 
Exhibit 1 – Key Dates
Stage Actual
Date
Terms of Reference agreed 18th June 2026
Fieldwork Commencement 19th June 2026
Draft Report issued 2nd July 2026
Management Comments received 6th July 2026
Final Report issued 7Th July 2026
Audit and Scrutiny Committee 22nd September 2026
Risks
11.  The risks considered throughout the audit were:
• Audit Risk 1: Risk management arrangements, policies and supporting documentation
are not maintained or kept up to date, resulting in inconsistent application of risk
management processes
• Audit Risk 2: Strategic risks are not identified, assessed or reviewed consistently,
resulting in an incomplete understanding of risks that may affect delivery of the HSCP's
strategic objectives.
• Audit Risk 3: Strategic risks and mitigating actions are not effectively monitored,
reported or challenged, limiting governance oversight and informed decision-making.
• Audit Risk 4: Operational risk management arrangements are not fully developed or
implemented across relevant services, resulting in service-level risks not being identified,
monitored or escalated consistently.
Audit Opinion
12. We provide an overall audit opinion for all the audits we conduct. This is based on our
judgement on the level of assurance which we can take over the established internal controls,
governance and management of risk as evidenced by our audit work.  Full details of the five
possible categories of audit opinion is provided in Appendix 2 to this report.
13. Our overall audit opinion for this audit is that we can take a reasonable level of assurance.  This
means that Internal control, governance and the management of risk are broadly reliable.
However, whilst not displaying a general trend, there are areas of concern which have been
identified where elements of residual risk or weakness may put some of the system objectives at
risk.
Page 48

Page 49

5 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Risk Management, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
Recommendations
14. We have highlighted one high priority recommendation and one low priority recommendation
where we believe there is scope to strengthen the control and governance environment. These
are summarised below:
• Complete and implement the Operational Risk Register framework, including
governance, reporting and escalation arrangements across all relevant services.
• Improve accessibility of key risk management documentation through a central intranet
location.
15. Full details of the audit findings, recommendations and management responses can be found in
Section 3 of this report and in the action plan at Appendix 1. 
2. Objectives and Summary Assessment
16. Exhibit 1 sets out the control objectives identified during the planning phase of the audit and our
assessment against each objective.  
Exhibit 2 – Summary Assessment of Control Objectives 
Control Objective Link to Risk Assessment Summary Conclusion
1 The HSCP has an up-
to-date Risk
Management
Strategy, supporting
procedures and
governance
arrangements which
clearly define
responsibilities for
identifying,
assessing, managing
and reporting risks.
Audit risk 1  High The HSCP has an effective and up-to-
date Risk Management Strategy
supported by clearly defined
governance arrangements, roles and
responsibilities. Audit testing
confirmed that the framework is
operating effectively and supports
appropriate governance and oversight
of risk. However, key risk management
documentation is not currently
available through a central intranet
location, reducing accessibility for staff.
2 Strategic risks are
identified, assessed,
owned and
reviewed using a
consistent
methodology and
are aligned to the
HSCP's strategic
objectives and
priorities
Audit risk 2  High Audit testing confirmed that strategic
risks are identified, assessed and
managed using a consistent
methodology, with clear ownership,
mitigating actions and regular review.
The Strategic Risk Register is aligned to
the Joint Strategic Plan and supports
effective oversight of the HSCP's
strategic priorities.
3 Strategic risks and
associated
mitigation actions
are regularly
monitored,
reviewed and
reported to
Audit Risk 3 High Audit testing confirmed that strategic
risks and associated mitigating actions
are subject to regular review through
established governance arrangements.
The Strategic Risk Register is monitored
and reported to the Audit & Risk
Committee and the Integration Joint
Page 49

Page 50

6 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Risk Management, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
management and
governance bodies
to support effective
oversight and
decision-making.
Board, providing effective oversight of
the HSCP's strategic risk profile and
supporting informed decision-making.
4 Appropriate
arrangements are in
place to support the
development,
implementation and
maintenance of
Operational Risk
Registers across
relevant services,
including clear
ownership,
reporting
arrangements and
escalation routes to
the Strategic Risk
Register.
Audit Risk 4 Limited HSCP has commenced the
development of Operational Risk
Registers and has established initial
arrangements to support their
implementation. However, the
framework has not yet been fully
implemented or supported by
documented governance, reporting
and escalation arrangements. In
addition, ORR’S for relevant services
have yet to be completed. It is
therefore important that this process
relating to ORRs are progressed and
implemented as soon as practicably
possible. 
17. Further details of our conclusions against each control objective can be found in Section 3 of this
report.   
3. Detailed Findings
The HSCP has an up-to-date Risk Management Strategy, supporting procedures and governance
arrangements which clearly define responsibilities for identifying, assessing, managing and
reporting risks
18. Audit testing confirmed that the HSCP has an approved and up-to-date Risk Management
Strategy in place which provides an appropriate framework for the management of risk across
the organisation. The Strategy clearly defines the purpose of risk management, governance
arrangements, roles and responsibilities, risk escalation procedures and reporting requirements.
19. The Strategy establishes the respective responsibilities of the Integration Joint Board (IJB), Audit
& Risk Committee, Strategic Leadership Team and risk owners, and requires the Strategic Risk
Register to be reviewed on a six-monthly basis. Review of the Strategic Risk Register Review
reports confirmed that these arrangements are operating in practice, with the Strategic Risk
Register being reviewed through the Audit & Risk Committee prior to consideration by the IJB.
20. Roles and responsibilities for risk management are clearly defined within the Strategy.
Responsibilities are assigned to the IJB, Audit & Risk Committee, Chief Officer, Strategic
Leadership Team, risk owners and other officers involved in the management and reporting of
risk. In addition, the Strategic Risk Register assigns ownership for individual strategic risks,
providing clear accountability for monitoring risks and implementing mitigating actions.
Page 50

Page 51

7 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Risk Management, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
21. The audit confirmed that risk management arrangements support delivery of the HSCP's
strategic objectives. Strategic risks have been mapped to the Joint Strategic Plan priorities,
providing a clear link between organisational objectives and the Strategic Risk Register. Review
of governance reports also confirmed that the Risk Management Strategy is operating in practice
through the regular review and reporting of strategic risks to the Audit & Risk Committee and
the IJB.
22. Key documentation exists and is available to relevant officers, however it is not currently
available through a central intranet location. Improving accessibility would further support staff
awareness and consistent application of the HSCP's risk management arrangements across the
organisation.
Action Plan 2 
Strategic risks are identified, assessed, owned and reviewed using a consistent methodology and
are aligned to the HSCP's strategic objectives and priorities
23. Audit testing confirmed that the HSCP has established a comprehensive Strategic Risk Register
(SRR) which provides a structured approach to identifying, assessing and monitoring risks that
may impact delivery of the Joint Strategic Plan. The register is maintained using a consistent
methodology and records risk descriptions, existing controls, mitigating actions, assigned risk
ownership, review information and risk scores.
24. Review of the Strategic Risk Register confirmed that strategic risks appropriately reflect the main
challenges facing the HSCP, including financial sustainability, workforce recruitment and
retention, sustainability of commissioned providers, infrastructure and organisational
transformation. The register also demonstrates that mitigating actions have been identified and
documented for each strategic risk and that clear ownership has been assigned for monitoring
and managing identified risks.
25. Audit testing also confirmed that strategic risks have been mapped to the HSCP's strategic
objectives and Joint Strategic Plan priorities, providing a clear link between organisational
objectives and strategic risk management. This supports management and governance bodies in
identifying and monitoring risks which may impact delivery of the HSCP's strategic priorities.
26. The audit further confirmed that the HSCP has established a Risk Appetite Framework covering
the principal categories of organisational risk. The framework has been considered through
established governance arrangements and forms part of the overall risk management
framework, providing management and governance bodies with a structured basis for
considering risk when making strategic decisions. 
Strategic risks and associated mitigation actions are regularly monitored, reviewed and reported
to management and governance bodies to support effective oversight and decision-making.
27. Audit testing confirmed that robust governance arrangements are in place to oversee the
management and reporting of strategic risks. The Risk Management Strategy requires the
Strategic Risk Register (SRR) to be reviewed on a six-monthly basis and audit testing confirmed
that these review arrangements are operating in practice. 
28. Review of Strategic Risk Register Review reports and supporting committee papers confirmed
that the Audit & Risk Committee undertakes formal review of the Strategic Risk Register prior to
Page 51

Page 52

8 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Risk Management, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
reporting to the IJB. This provides an appropriate governance framework for the scrutiny and
oversight of strategic risks and ensures that significant risks are regularly considered by senior
management and governance bodies.
29. The Audit & Risk Committee also considers a range of external reports and publications,
including Audit Scotland reports and the Global Risks Report, to ensure that the HSCP's Strategic
Risk Register is considered within the wider external operating environment.
30. The audit also confirmed that changes in strategic risk ratings are monitored through the SRR
review process. Strategic Risk Register Review reports provide governance bodies with
information on risk movements and the reasons for significant changes, supporting effective
oversight of the HSCP's strategic risk profile.
31. Review of the SRR further confirmed that Very High strategic risks are clearly identified and
subject to regular oversight through established governance arrangements. This provides
assurance that the HSCP's most significant strategic risks receive appropriate management
attention and governance oversight. 
Appropriate arrangements are in place to support the development, implementation and
maintenance of Operational Risk Registers across relevant services, including clear ownership,
reporting arrangements and escalation routes to the Strategic Risk Register.
32. Audit testing confirmed that the HSCP has recognised the need to develop Operational Risk
Registers (ORRs) and management advised that work is currently underway to establish
operational risk management arrangements across relevant services. Responsibility for
progressing this work has been assigned to the Business Improvement Manager and a standard
template for ORRs has been developed; however, supporting governance documentation has yet
to be finalised.
33. At the time of audit, ORRs had not yet been fully populated and implemented, and Internal audit
was unable to obtain evidence of a documented framework describing the proposed
implementation approach, governance arrangements, implementation plans or progress
reporting. In addition, formal arrangements defining how operational risks will be reviewed,
monitored and escalated to the SRR had not yet been established.
Action Plan 1
34. Whilst the SRR and associated governance arrangements are well developed and provide strong
assurance over the management of strategic risks, the absence of a fully documented and
implemented ORR framework limits assurance that operational risks will be identified, assessed,
monitored and escalated consistently across all relevant HSCP services.
35. The audit therefore concluded that further work is required to complete the development and
implementation of the ORR framework, including documenting governance arrangements,
implementation plans, review processes, reporting arrangements and escalation criteria.
Completion of this work will provide greater assurance that operational risks are managed
consistently and that significant operational risks are appropriately escalated to the SRR where
necessary.
Action Plan 1 
Page 52

Page 53

Classification: OFFICIAL
Appendix 1 – Action Plan 
No Finding Risk Agreed Action Responsibility / Due Date
High
1 Operational Risk Registers 
Operational Risk Registers have not yet been fully
implemented and there is no documented implementation
framework covering governance, review arrangements,
reporting or escalation.
Operational risks may
not be identified,
assessed and escalated
consistently across
services.
HSCP will complete the
development and
implementation of
Operational Risk
Registers across all
relevant services,
including documented
governance
arrangements,
reporting processes and
escalation criteria. 
Business Improvement
Manager 
31st December 2026
Low
2 Risk Management documentation 
Risk Management documentation is not available through
a central intranet location.
Staff may not always
access the most current
Risk Management
documentation,
reducing awareness and
consistency.
HSCP will consider
publishing key risk
management
documentation through
a central intranet
location to improve
staff accessibility and
awareness.
Business Improvement
Manager 
31st December 2026 
Page 53

Page 54

10 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Risk Management, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
In order to assist management in using our reports a system of grading audit findings has been adopted to allow the significance of findings to be ascertained. 
The definitions of each classification are as follows: 
Grading    Definition
High  A major observation on high level controls and other important internal controls or a significant matter relating to the critical success of the
objectives of the system.  The weakness may therefore give rise to loss or error. 
Medium 
Observations on less significant internal controls and/or improvements to the efficiency and effectiveness of controls which will assist in meeting
the objectives of the system.  The weakness is not necessarily substantial however the risk of error would be significantly reduced if corrective
action was taken.  
Low  Minor recommendations to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of controls or an isolated issue subsequently corrected.  The weakness does
not appear to significantly affect the ability of the system to meet its objectives. 
VFM  An observation which does not highlight an issue relating to internal controls but represents a possible opportunity for the HSCP to achieve better
value for money (VFM). 
Page 54

Page 55

11 
Argyll & Bute Health & Social Care Partnership – Internal Audit Report – Risk Management, July 2026
Classification: OFFICIAL
Appendix 2 – Audit Opinion 
Level of Assurance  Definition 
High  Internal control, governance and the management of risk are at a high standard. Only marginal elements of residual risk have
been identified with these either being accepted or dealt with. A sound system of control designed to achieve the system
objectives is in place and being applied consistently. 
Substantial  Internal control, governance and the management of risk is sound. However, there are minor areas of weakness which put some
system objectives at risk and specific elements of residual risk that are slightly above an acceptable level and need to be
addressed within a reasonable timescale. 
Reasonable 
Internal control, governance and the management of risk are broadly reliable. However, whilst not displaying a general trend,
there are areas of concern which have been identified where elements of residual risk or weakness may put some of the system
objectives at risk. 
Limited  Internal control, governance and the management of risk are displaying a general trend of unacceptable residual risk above an
acceptable level and placing system objectives are at risk. Weakness must be addressed with a reasonable timescale with
management allocating appropriate resources to the issues raised. 
No Assurance  Internal control, governance and the management of risk is poor. Significant residual risk and/or significant non-compliance with
basic controls exists leaving the system open to error, loss or abuse. Residual risk must be addressed immediately with
management allocating appropriate resources to the issues. 
Page 55

Page 56

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 57

1 
Audit & Risk Committee       
Date of Meeting:  22 September 2026 
Title of Report:    External Audit Correspondence and Assurance 
Presented by:      James Gow, Head of Finance   
The Audit & Risk Committee is asked to:
• Note the correspondence to the Audit & Risk Committee from Mazars (appendix
1).
• Review and approve the draft response (appendix 2).
• Note the correspondence from Mazars addressed to the CFO and response
(appendix 3 and 4). 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
The External Auditor has requested specific assurances from members of the
Audit and Risk Committee (those charged with governance) and management
regarding the audit of the IJB for financial year 2025/26. The appendices
provide the request from the external auditor and a draft response from the
Chair of the Audit Committee.     
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 The Audit & Risk Committee is recommended to: 
• Note the correspondence to the Audit & Risk Committee from Mazars
(appendix 1).
• Review and approve the draft response (appendix 2).
• Note the correspondence from Mazars addressed to the CFO and response
(appendix 3 and 4). 
3. DETAIL OF REPORT 
3.1  Mazars have written to the Audit and Risk Committee and the Chief Finance
Officer requesting specific assurances relating to the audit of the 2025/26
annual accounts of the IJB. 
3.2 Appendix 1 provides the correspondence addressed to Audit Committee
members, this outlines the reasons for the request. Appendix 2 provides a draft
response. 
3.3 The correspondence to the Chief Finance Officer and response are also
attached as appendices to provide the committee with assurance that
management are providing the auditor with similar assurances. 
3.4 The Committee are requested to review and approve appendix 2 as a formal
response to Mazars (subject to any requested amendments). Members should
Page 57 Agenda Item 7

Page 58

2
note that a further detail is available to the audit team in the accounts, in the
annual report of the Audit & Risk Committee and in all the agenda items
considered by the Committee through the year. 
4. RELEVANT DATA AND INDICATORS 
4.1 Responses are based upon a wide range of governance and financial
governance documents of the HSCP/IJB and both partners.     
5 CONTRIBUTION TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES 
5.1 The maintenance of good governance processes is of strategic importance to
the IJB. 
6. GOVERNANCE IMPLICATIONS 
6.1 Financial Impact – no direct impacts, however reference to financial
sustainability and going concern status is included in the correspondence. 
6.2 Staff Governance –  no direct impacts. 
6.3 Clinical Governance – no direct impacts.   
7. Professional Advisory 
7.1 Not applicable. 
8. EQUALITY & DIVERSITY IMPLICATIONS 
8.1 No direct impacts. 
9. GENERAL DATA PROTECTION PRINCIPLES COMPLIANCE 
9.1 None.   
10. RISK ASSESSMENT 
10.1 This report and associated correspondence provides assurance to the external
auditor as part of the annual accounts audit process. It reduces the risk of mis-
statement within the accounts. 
11. PUBLIC & USER INVOLVEMENT & ENGAGEMENT 
11.1 The 2025-26 audited annual accounts and external audit report will be publicly
available. 
12. CONCLUSIONS 
12.1  The Audit & Risk Committee are requested to review the response to the
external auditor to help facilitate the conclusion of the audit of the accounts for
the year ended 31 March 2026. 
Page 58

Page 59

3 
13. DIRECTIONS 
Directions
required to
Council, NHS
Board or
both.
Directions to: tick
No Directions required √
Argyll & Bute Council 
NHS Highland Health Board 
Argyll & Bute Council and NHS Highland Health Board 
14. PREVIOUS REVIEW OF THE REPORT 
Meeting  Title of report Date Output (if
relevant)
N/A     
AUTHOR NAME: James Gow, Head of Finance
EMAIL: james.gow@argyll-bute.gov.uk 
Appendix 1 - Correspondence from Mazars to the Audit & Risk Committee
Appendix 2 -  Draft response from the Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee
Appendix 3 -  Correspondence from Mazars to the CFO
Appendix 4 - Response from the CFO 
Page 59

Page 60

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 61

The Corner 
Bank Chambers 
26 Mosley Street 
Newcastle Upon Tyne 
NE1 1DF 
Tel: +44 (0) 191 383 6300 
forvismazars.com/uk 
Private & Confidential 
Audit and Risk Committee
Kilmory
Lochgilphead
Argyll
PA31 8RT 
Direct line: +44 (0)191 383 6339
Email: mark.outterside@mazars.co.uk
Date: 30 July 2026 
Dear Audit and Risk Committee Members, 
Argyll and Bute Integration Joint Board (the IJB) – 2025/26: Audit and Risk Committee
briefing note – ISA 240 (Fraud), ISA 250 (laws and regulations), ISA 501 (litigation and claims)
& ISA 570 (going concern) 
Introduction
This letter aims to summarise for the Audit and Risk Committee (the Committee) the
requirements under International Auditing Standards, in respect of preventing fraud in the
annual accounts, compliance with laws and regulations, litigation and claims, and going
concern. This letter requests an update from the Committee in order to inform our
continuous audit planning as we move into the final stage of our audit of the IJB’s 2025/26
accounts. 
International Standard for Auditing 240 - The auditor’s responsibility to consider
fraud in an audit of financial statements 
Background
Under the ISA, the primary responsibility for preventing and detecting fraud rests with both
management and ‘those charged with governance’, which for the IJB is the Audit and Risk
Committee. This includes fraud that could impact on the accuracy of the annual accounts.
The ISA requires us, as external auditors, to obtain an understanding of how the
Committee exercises oversight of management’s processes for identifying and responding
to the risks of fraud and the internal controls established to mitigate them.
What is ‘fraud’ in the context of the ISA?
The ISA views fraud as either:
• the intentional misappropriation of the IJB’s assets (cash, property, etc); or
• the intentional manipulation or misstatement of the financial statements. 
Page 61

Page 62

2 
What are auditors required to do?
We have to obtain evidence of how management and those charged with governance are
discharging their responsibilities, if we are to properly discharge our responsibilities under
ISA 240. We are therefore making requests from the Committee and management on the
following, or similar, issues:
1) How does the Committee, in its role as those charged with governance, exercise
oversight of management's processes in relation to:
• Undertaking an assessment of the risk that the financial statements may be
materially misstated due to fraud or error (including the nature, extent and
frequency of these assessments);
• Identifying and responding to risks of fraud in the organisation, including any
specific risks of fraud which management have identified or that have been
brought to its attention, or classes of transactions, account balances, or
disclosure for which a risk of fraud is likely to exist;
• Communicating to employees of views on business practice and ethical
behaviour (for example by updating, communicating and monitoring against the
organisation’s code of conduct); and
• Communicating to those charged with governance the processes for
identifying and responding to fraud or error? 
2) How does the Committee oversee management processes to identify and respond to
the risk of fraud and possible breaches of internal control? Is the Committee aware of
any breaches of internal control during 2025/26? Please provide details. 
3) Has the Committee knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud during the
period 1 April 2025 – 31 March 2026? Where appropriate please provide details. 
4) Has the Committee any suspicion that fraud may be occurring within the organisation?
Please provide details.
• Has the Committee identified any specific fraud risks within the
organisation? Please provide details.
• Does the Committee have any concerns that there are areas within the
organisation that are at risk of fraud? Please provide details.
• Are there particular locations within the organisation where fraud is more
likely to occur? Please provide details. 
5) Is the Committee satisfied that internal controls, including segregation of duties, exist
and work effectively? Please provide details.
• If not, where are the risk areas?
Page 62

Page 63

3 
• What other controls are in place to help prevent, deter or detect fraud? 
6) Is the Committee satisfied that staff are encouraged to report their concerns about
fraud, and the types of concerns they are expected to report? Please provide details. 
7) From a fraud and corruption perspective, what are considered by the Committee to be
high risk posts within the organisation? Please provide details.
• How are the risks relating to these posts identified, assessed and
managed? 
8) Is the Committee aware of any related party relationships or transactions that could
give rise to instances of fraud? Please provide details.
• How are the risks associated with fraud related to such relationships and
transactions mitigated? 
9) Is the Committee aware of any entries made in the accounting records of the
organisation that it believes, or suspects are false or intentionally misleading? Please
provide details.
• Are there particular balances where fraud is more likely to occur? Please
provide details.
• Is the Committee aware of any assets, liabilities or transactions that it
believes were improperly included or omitted from the accounts of the
organisation? Please provide details.
• Could a false accounting entry escape detection? If so, how?
• Are there any external fraud risk factors which are high risk of fraud?
Please provide details. 
10) Is the Committee aware of any organisational, or management pressure to meet
financial or operating targets? Please provide details.
• Is the Committee aware of any inappropriate organisational or
management pressure being applied, or incentives offered, to you or
colleagues to meet financial or operating targets? Please provide details. 
International Standard for Auditing 250 – Consideration of laws and regulations in
an audit of financial statements 
Background
Under the ISA, in the UK and Ireland, the primary responsibility for ensuring that the
entity's operations are conducted in accordance with laws and regulations and the
responsibility for the prevention and detection of non-compliance rests with management
Page 63

Page 64

4 
and ‘those charged with governance’, which for the IJB is the Audit and Risk Committee.
The ISA requires us, as external auditors, to obtain an understanding of how the IJB gains
assurance that all relevant laws and regulations have been complied with. 
What are auditors required to do?
We have to obtain evidence of how management and those charged with governance are
discharging their responsibilities, if we are to properly discharge our responsibilities under
ISA 250. We are therefore making requests from the Committee, and will be making similar
enquiries of management:
11) How does the Committee gain assurance that all relevant laws and regulations have
been complied with. For example:
• Is the Committee aware of the process management has in place for
identifying and responding to changes in laws and regulations? Please
provide details.
• What arrangements are in place for the Committee to oversee this
process?
• Is the Committee aware of the arrangements management have in place,
for communicating with employees, non-executive directors, partners and
stakeholders regarding the relevant laws and regulations that need to be
followed? Please provide details.
• Does the Committee have knowledge of actual or suspected instances
where appropriate laws and regulations have not been complied with, and
if so is it aware of what actions management is taking to address it?
Please provide details. 
International Standard for Auditing 501 – Specific consideration of the potential for,
and actual, litigation and claims affecting the financial statements 
Background
This ISA deals with specific considerations by the auditor in obtaining sufficient appropriate
audit evidence, in this instance with respect to the completeness of litigation and claims
involving the entity. The ISA requires us, as external auditors, to design and perform audit
procedures in order to identify litigation and claims involving the entity which may give rise
to a risk of material misstatement. 
What are auditors required to do?
We have to obtain evidence of how management and those charged with governance are
discharging their responsibilities, if we are to properly discharge our responsibilities under
ISA 501. We are therefore making requests from the Committee, and will be making similar
enquiries of management:
12) Is the Committee aware of any actual or potential litigation or claims that would affect
the financial statements? Please provide details. 
Page 64

Page 65

5 
International Standard for Auditing 570 – Consideration of the going concern
assumption in an audit of financial statements 
Background
Financial statements are generally prepared on the basis of the going concern assumption.
Under the going concern assumption, an audited body is ordinarily viewed as continuing in
operation for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, assets and liabilities are recorded in
financial statements on the basis that the audited body will be able to realise its assets and
discharge its liabilities in the normal course of its operations. 
What are auditors required to do?
If used, we are required to consider the appropriateness of management’s use of the going
concern assumption in the preparation of the financial statements if we are to properly
discharge our responsibilities under ISA 570. We are therefore making the following
request from the Committee:
13) How has the Committee assessed and satisfied itself that it is appropriate to adopt
the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements? 
14) Has the Committee identified any events or conditions since the assessment was
undertaken which may cast significant doubt on the organisation’s ability to continue as a
going concern? Please provide details. 
The way forward 
The information you provide will help inform our understanding of the IJB and its business
processes, prior to the start of the final stage of the audit of the 2025/26 financial
statements.
I would be grateful for your responses, which should be formally considered and
communicated to us on the Committee’s behalf to cover the year to 31 March 2026, by 31
August 2026. In the meantime, if you have any queries, please do not hesitate to contact
me.
Yours sincerely, 
Mark Outterside
Director
Forvis Mazars LLP
Page 65

Page 66

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 67

Classification: OFFICIAL   
Date:
Your Ref:
Our Ref:
Enquiries to:
Direct Line:
Email 
Kilmory
Lochgilphead
Argyll
PA31 8RT 
22 September 2026 
Kieron Green 
kieron.green@argyll-
bute.gov.uk 
Dear Mark, 
Audit of Argyll and Bute Integration Joint Board’s (IJB’s) Financial Statements
for the year ending 31 March 2026 
Thank you for your letter in respect of the above addressed to the Audit & Risk
Committee.  I would refer you to the governance statements in the Annual Accounts,
the Committee’s Annual Report and provide some additional information in response
to each of your points on behalf of the Audit & Risk Committee in italics below: 
1) How does the Committee, in its role as those charged with governance, exercise
oversight of management's processes in relation to: 
• undertaking an assessment of the risk that the financial statements may be
materially misstated due to fraud or error (including the nature, extent and
frequency of these assessments); 
• identifying and responding to risks of fraud in the organisation, including any
specific risks of fraud which management have identified or that have been
brought to its attention, or classes of transactions, account balances, or disclosure
for which a risk of fraud is likely to exist; 
• communicating to employees of views on business practice and ethical
behaviour (for example by updating, communicating and monitoring against the
organisation’s code of conduct); and 
• communicating to those charged with governance the processes for identifying
and responding to fraud or error? 
The Committee ensures that the IJB has an appropriately qualified and experienced
Chief Finance Officer in place.  It also ensures that there are appropriate financial
regulations in place and an effective Internal Audit Service.  The Committee reviews
the strategic risk register, oversees the internal audit plan and reviews all audit reports. 
Its minutes are considered in detail by the full IJB at each meeting.  It also receives
regular reports published by Audit Scotland and these include reports on fraud, public
sector accounting and financial management issues. The Committee reviews all
internal and external audit reports in detail and tracks the progress made by
management in addressing recommendations made by the auditors.  The Committee
is not currently aware of any actual examples of fraud or error. Both internal and
Page 67

Page 68

Classification: OFFICIAL
external audit are invited to attend all meetings of the Audit and Risk Committee and
from financial year 2026/27 these meetings will be held in public. The committee also
provides an annual report on its activities to the IJB, this report summarises the work
of the committee during the year and provides an evaluation of performance and
assurance. 
2) How does the Committee oversee management processes to identify and respond
to the risk of fraud and possible breaches of internal control?  Is the Committee
aware of any breaches of internal control during 2025/26?  Please provide details. 
The Committee is informed of all Internal Audit work as part of the approved internal
audit plan, any additional work that is requested of the Internal Audit Team and without
exception, all the findings are considered by the Committee in order to provide
assurance where applicable. All issues relating to control weaknesses and/or fraud
are contained within the audit reports and these actions are monitored on a quarterly
basis by the Committee to ensure that appropriate progress is being made in relation
to the implementation. The Committee receives periodic updates from management
on strategic and operational risk, mitigations and also through other oversight reports
which provide financial and governance reporting throughout the year. Members of the
Committee are also members of the IJB and therefore gain assurance from multiple
sources from participating fully in the governance processes. Please see above, the
Committee is not aware of any breaches of internal control during 2025/26. 
3)  Has the Committee knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud during
the period 1 April 2025 – 31 March 2026?  Where appropriate please provide
details. 
No. 
4) Has the Committee any suspicion that fraud may be occurring within the
organisation?  Please provide details. • Has the Committee identified any specific
fraud risks within the organisation? Please provide details. • Does the Committee
have any concerns that there are areas within the organisation that are at risk of
fraud? Please provide details. • Are there particular locations within the
organisation where fraud is more likely to occur?  Please provide details. 
The Committee is not aware of any fraud within the organisation. It places reliance on
the work of internal audit to identify areas where the risk is highest and audit time is
allocated to these areas. The management of client funds and the recent internal audit
review of payroll processes within the care at home services and an additional review
of Direct Payments provide recent examples of high risk areas considered in detail by
the Committee. The audit plan is risk based and is designed to ensure appropriate
coverage of areas of the highest risk. 
5)  Is the Committee satisfied that internal controls, including segregation of duties,
exist and work effectively?  Please provide details. • If not, where are the risk
areas? • What other controls are in place to help prevent, deter or detect fraud? 
Page 68

Page 69

Classification: OFFICIAL
Yes, the committee is satisfied that internal controls are in place and are working
effectively. Where recommendations for improvement have been made the committee
tracks progress in implementing these. It places reliance on the systems and
processes of the HSCP and both partners as well as upon the work of the internal
audit and the role of the Chief Finance Officer and the Senior leadership Team. 
6)  Is the Committee satisfied that staff are encouraged to report their concerns about
fraud, and the types of concerns they are expected to report? Please provide
details. 
The Committee is aware that financial regulations are in place and that these are
communicated to staff as appropriate. The HSCP and its partners have a range of
processes and procedures in place that encourage and enable staff to report concerns
and for these to be investigated. 
7)  From a fraud and corruption perspective, what are considered by the Committee
to be high risk posts within the organisation?  Please provide details. • How are
the risks relating to these posts identified, assessed and managed? 
Management, finance, payroll, procurement and posts which have responsibility for
managing client funds are regarded as higher risk. Robust recruitment processes,
detailed procedures and the focus of internal audit time in these areas are the main
ways in which this risk is managed. 
8)  Is the Committee aware of any related party relationships or transactions that
could give rise to instances of fraud? Please provide details. • How are the risks
associated with fraud related to such relationships and transactions mitigated? 
No, the committee is not aware of any relationships or transactions that could give rise
to instances of fraud – the HSCP maintains a register of interest for board members
and senior staff.   
9)  Is the Committee aware of any entries made in the accounting records of the
organisation that it believes or suspects are false or intentionally misleading?
Please provide details. • Are there particular balances where fraud is more likely
to occur? Please provide details. • Is the Committee aware of any assets, liabilities
or transactions that it believes were improperly included or omitted from the
accounts of the organisation? Please provide details. • Could a false accounting
entry escape detection? If so, how? • Are there any external fraud risk factors
which are high risk of fraud? Please provide details. 
The Committee is not aware of any accounting entries which it suspects are false or
intentionally misleading.  The Committee provides oversight in respect of finance and
accounting processes and places reliance on the Chief Financial Officer, audit
processes and the arrangements in place within both partners. It does not have
operational responsibility for accounting entries. 
10) Is the Committee aware of any organisational, or management pressure
to meet financial or operating targets? Please provide details. • Is the Committee
aware of any inappropriate organisational or management pressure being applied,
Page 69

Page 70

Classification: OFFICIAL
or incentives offered, to you or colleagues to meet financial or operating targets?
Please provide details. 
International Standard for Auditing 250 – Consideration of laws and regulations in
an audit of financial statements Background Under the ISA, in the UK and Ireland,
the primary responsibility for ensuring that the entity's operations are conducted
in accordance with laws and regulations and the responsibility for the prevention
and detection of non-compliance rests with management and ‘those charged with
governance’, which for the IJB is the Audit and Risk Committee. The ISA requires
us, as external auditors, to obtain an understanding of how the Committee gains
assurance that all relevant laws and regulations have been complied with. 
What are auditors required to do? We have to obtain evidence of how
management and those charged with governance are discharging their
responsibilities, if we are to properly discharge our responsibilities under ISA250.
We are therefore making requests from the Committee, and will be making similar
enquiries of management: 
The HSCP is expected to operate within the budget allocated by NHS Highland and
Argyll and Bute Council.  Operating performance is measured and subject to analysis
at a local and national level to ensure that relevant policies and commitments are
fulfilled.  This does not involve inappropriate pressure or incentives being offered to
anyone working within, or involved in the governance of the HSCP.  The Committee is
not aware of any failure to comply with laws and regulations.  The Committee receives
assurance on this from management and Audit and Risk Committee members
participation in the wider operation of the HSCP / IJB. Committee members are also
on the board of NHS Highland and are Councillors thereby gaining an opportunity to
consider NHSH and Council reports on the performance of the HSCP independently
of HSCP management. 
11) How does the Committee gain assurance that all relevant laws and regulations
have been complied with. For example: • Is the Committee aware of the process
management has in place for identifying and responding to changes in laws and
regulations? Please provide details. • What arrangements are in place for the
Committee to oversee this process? • Is the Committee aware of the arrangements
management have in place, for communicating with employees, non-executive
directors, partners and stakeholders regarding the relevant laws and regulations
that need to be followed? Please provide details. • Does the Committee have
knowledge of actual or suspected instances where appropriate laws and
regulations have not been complied with, and if so is it aware of what actions
management is taking to address it?  Please provide details. 
International Standard for Auditing 501 – Specific consideration of the potential for,
and actual, litigation and claims affecting the financial statements Background This
ISA deals with specific considerations by the auditor in obtaining sufficient
appropriate audit evidence, in this instance with respect to the completeness of
litigation and claims involving the entity. The ISA requires us, as external auditors,
to design and perform audit procedures in order to identify litigation and claims
Page 70

Page 71

Classification: OFFICIAL
involving the entity which may give rise to a risk of material misstatement. What
are auditors required to do? We have to obtain evidence of how management and
those charged with governance are discharging their responsibilities, if we are to
properly discharge our responsibilities under ISA501. We are therefore making
requests from the Committee, and will be making similar enquiries of
management: 
As above, the Committee is not aware of any instances where the HSCP / IJB has
failed to comply with legislation or regulations.  The Committee places reliance on the
management team, audit and independent regulatory inspection processes.  It also
places reliance on the governance processes within both partners in discharging its
duties in respect of the above points. 
12) Is the Committee aware of any actual or potential litigation or claims that would
affect the financial statements? Please provide details. 
The Committee is not aware of any actual or potential litigation or claims that would
affect the financial statements. 
International Standard for Auditing 570 – Consideration of the going concern
assumption in an audit of financial statements Background Financial statements
are generally prepared on the basis of the going concern assumption. Under the
going concern assumption, an audited body is ordinarily viewed as continuing in
operation for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, assets and liabilities are
recorded in financial statements on the basis that the audited body will be able to
realise its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of its operations.
What are auditors required to do? If used, we are required to consider the
appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern assumption in the
preparation of the financial statements if we are to properly discharge our
responsibilities under ISA570. We are therefore making the following request from
the Committee: 
13) How has the Committee assessed and satisfied itself that it is appropriate to
adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements? 14) Has the
Committee identified any events or conditions since the assessment was
undertaken which may cast significant doubt on the organisation’s ability to
continue as a going concern? Please provide details 
The HSCP seeks to operate on a financially sustainable basis, its budget is confirmed
by both partners each year.  It has operated within the resources allocated to it for the
past five years and has generated a small general reserve.  There are no events that
cast doubt on the organisations ability to continue as a going concern in the next year.
There is a sector wide financial sustainability issue (reported recently by Audit
Scotland) and the HSCP, in line with the rest of the sector, is concerned about the level
of future resourcing and has identified a significant potential budget gap for 2027/28
and beyond. Management and the IJB are currently working on options for addressing
this as outlined in the papers that are considered by the IJB and Finance and Policy
Committee. The scale of the challenge, however, is severe and the committee is
Page 71

Page 72

Classification: OFFICIAL
concerned that actions that may be required to address the budget gap will impact
adversely on the ability of the IJB to deliver on its strategic objectives.   
I hope that these assurances, along with the external audit work conducted provides
sufficient assurance in respect of these matters. 
Yours sincerely 
Cllr Kieron Green
Chair – Audit & Risk Committee 
Page 72

Page 73

The Corner
Bank Chambers
26 Mosley Street
Newcastle Upon Tyne
NE1 1DF 
Tel: +44 (0)191 383 6300
forvismazars.com/uk 
Private & Confidential 
James Gow Direct line: +44 (0)191 383 6339 Chief Financial Officer
Email: mark.outterside@mazars.co.uk Kilmory
Lochgilphead
Argyll
PA31 8RT
Date: 30 July 2026 
Dear James, 
Audit of Argyll and Bute Integration Joint Board’s Financial Statements for the year ended 31
March 2026
Auditing standards require us to obtain an understanding of Argyll and Bute Integration Joint
Board’s (the IJB’s) management processes and arrangements. This enables us to deliver an
efficient audit, reducing the time which finance staff need to spend responding to auditor
queries. Auditing standards require us to formally update our understanding annually. I am
writing to ask that you please provide a response to the following questions, in respect of
preventing fraud in the annual accounts, compliance with laws and regulations, litigation and
claims, and going concern. A similar request has been made to the Audit and Risk
Committee. 
International Standard for Auditing 240 - The auditor’s responsibility to consider fraud
in an audit of financial statements 
We have to obtain evidence of how management are discharging their responsibilities, if we
are to properly discharge our responsibilities under ISA 240. We are therefore making
requests to you, on behalf of management, on the following issues:
1) What are management’s processes in relation to:
• Undertaking an assessment of the risk that the financial statements may be
materially misstated due to fraud or error (including the nature, extent and
frequency of these assessments);
• Identifying and responding to risks of fraud in the organisation, including any
specific risks of fraud which management have identified or that have been
brought to its attention, or classes of transactions, account balances, or disclosure
for which a risk of fraud is likely to exist;
• Communicating to employees’ views on business practice and ethical behaviour
(for example by updating, communicating and monitoring against the organisation’s
code of conduct); and
• Communicating to those charged with governance the processes for identifying
and responding to fraud or error?
Page 73

Page 74

2   
2) What is management’s processes to identify and respond to the risk of fraud and possible
breaches of internal control? Is management aware of any breaches of internal control
during 2025/26? Please provide details. 
3) Do you have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud during the period 1
April 2025 to 31 March 2026? Where appropriate please provide details. 
4) Do you have any suspicion that fraud may be occurring within the organisation? Please
provide details.
• Has management identified any specific fraud risks within the organisation? Please
provide details.
• Does management have any concerns that there are areas within the organisation
that are at risk of fraud? Please provide details.
• Are there particular locations within the organisation where fraud is more likely to
occur? Please provide details. 
5) Are you satisfied that internal controls, including segregation of duties, exist and work
effectively? Please provide details.
• If not, where are the risk areas?
• What other controls are in place to help prevent, deter or detect fraud? 
6) How are staff encouraged to report their concerns about fraud, and what are the types of
concerns they are expected to report? Please provide details. 
7) From a fraud and corruption perspective, what do you consider to be high risk posts
within the organisation? Please provide details.
• How are the risks relating to these posts identified, assessed and managed? 
8) Are you aware of any related party relationships or transactions that could give rise to
instances of fraud? Please provide details.
• How are the risks associated with fraud related to such relationships and
transactions mitigated? 
9) Are you aware of any entries made in the accounting records of the organisation that it
believes, or suspects are false or intentionally misleading? Please provide details.
• Are there particular balances where fraud is more likely to occur? Please provide
details.
• Are there any assets, liabilities or transactions that it believes were improperly
included or omitted from the accounts of the organisation? Please provide details.
Page 74

Page 75

3   
• Could a false accounting entry escape detection? If so, how?
• Are there any external fraud risk factors which are high risk of fraud? Please
provide details. 
10) Are you aware of any organisational, or management pressure to meet financial or
operating targets? Please provide details.
• Are you aware of any inappropriate organisational or management pressure being
applied, or incentives offered, to you or colleagues to meet financial or operating
targets? Please provide details. 
International Standard for Auditing 250 – Consideration of laws and regulations in an
audit of financial statements 
We have to obtain evidence of how management are discharging their responsibilities if we
are to properly discharge our responsibilities under ISA 250. We are therefore making
requests to you, on behalf of management, on the following issues:
11) How does management gain assurance that all relevant laws and regulations have been
complied with. For example:
• What process is in place for identifying and responding to changes in laws and
regulations? Please provide details.
• What arrangements are in place for the Audit and Risk Committee to oversee this
process?
• What arrangements are in place for communicating with employees, non-executive
directors, partners and stakeholders regarding the relevant laws and regulations
that need to be followed? Please provide details.
• Do you have knowledge of actual or suspected instances where appropriate laws
and regulations have not been complied with, and if so, what actions management
is taking to address it? Please provide details. 
International Standard for Auditing 501 – Specific consideration of the potential for,
and actual, litigation and claims affecting the financial statements
We have to obtain evidence of how management and those charged with governance are
discharging their responsibilities if we are to properly discharge our responsibilities under ISA
501. We are therefore making requests to you, on behalf of management, on the following
issues:
12) Are you aware of any actual or potential litigation or claims that would affect the financial
statements? Please provide details. 
Page 75

Page 76

4   
International Standard for Auditing 570 – Consideration of the going concern
assumption in an audit of financial statements
We are required to consider the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern
assumption in the preparation of the financial statements if we are to properly discharge our
responsibilities under ISA 570. We are therefore making requests to you, on behalf of
management, on the following issues:
13) How has management assessed and satisfied itself that it is appropriate to adopt the
going concern basis in preparing the financial statements? 
14) Has management identified any events or conditions since the assessment was
undertaken which may cast significant doubt on the organisation’s ability to continue as a
going concern? Please provide details. 
The way forward
The information you provide will help inform our understanding of the IJB and its business
processes, prior to the start of the final stage of the audit of the 2025/26 financial statements. 
I would be grateful for your responses, which should be formally considered and
communicated to us on the management’s behalf to cover the year to 31 March 2026, by 31
August 2026. In the meantime, if you have any queries, please do not hesitate to contact me. 
Yours sincerely, 
Mark Outterside
Director
Forvis Mazars LLP
Page 76

Page 77

1 
Classification: OFFICIAL   
Date:
Your Ref:
Our Ref:
Enquiries to:
Direct Line:
Email 
Kilmory
Lochgilphead
Argyll
PA31 8RT 
22 September 2026 
James Gow 
james.gow@argyll-bute.gov.uk 
Dear Mark, 
Audit of Argyll and Bute Integration Joint Board’s Financial Statements for the year ending 31
March 2026 
Thank you for your letter in respect of the above. I would refer you to the governance statements
in the Annual Accounts, responses to audit queries and provide some additional information in
response to each of your points in italics below: 
1) What are management's processes in relation to:
• undertaking an assessment of the risk that the financial statements may be materially
misstated due to fraud or error (including the nature, extent and frequency of these assessments);
The HSCP has financial regulations in place which reduce the risk of fraud and error occurring. The finance
teams within NHSH and A&B Council work to set timetables and guidelines and their work is reviewed by
management and by internal and external auditors. Management accounts are prepared, reviewed and
reported monthly. Additionally, the Internal Auditor reviewed financial management arrangements and
provided assurance on this. Reviews are carried out by myself and within financial management structures
in both NHS Highland and Argyll & Bute Council. 
• identifying and responding to risks of fraud in the organisation, including any specific risks
of fraud which management have identified or that have been brought to its attention, or classes
of transactions, account balances, or disclosure for which a risk of fraud is likely to exist;
The management accounts and procurement teams have procedures in place to manage this risk. These
include a series of internal controls relating to the processing of invoices, matching these to purchase orders
and the investigation of any discrepancies between orders and invoices. There are extensive controls in
place to manage the risk of Payroll fraud within both NHS Highland and Argyll & Bute Council. The internal
audit plans within the HSCP and both partners takes account of risk and their work is directed accordingly to
mitigate risk. 
• communicating to employees views on business practice and ethical behaviour (for
example by updating, communicating and monitoring against the organisation's code of conduct);
Page 77

Page 78

2 
Classification: OFFICIAL
Financial Regulations are updated regularly and are communicated to staff when they are updated. The
Finance teams meet regularly with budget holders and provide support in ensuring that processes and
procedures are understood and followed. Non-compliance, where it is identified, is addressed with staff
concerned and where appropriate escalated to senior management and audit.
• communicating to those charged with governance the processes for identifying and responding
to fraud or error?
The Audit & Risk Committee have responsibility for governance oversight. They receive assurance in the
form of reports by management, the participation in the National Fraud Initiative by both partner bodies,
reports from External Audit and through oversight of the Internal Audit plan and the reports arising from
the work of Internal Audit. The Committee also track progress made by management in responding to Audit
Recommendations. They also receive copies of relevant reports published by Audit Scotland which regularly
highlight examples of fraud in the public sector.
2) What is management's processes to identify and respond to the risk of fraud and possible
breaches of internal control?
These are set out in the financial regulations and procedural documentation followed by the finance,
purchasing and procurement; HR and payroll teams and administration teams operating within each
partner.
Is management aware of any breaches of internal control during 2025/26? Please provide details. 
No. Additional internal audit work in respect of direct payments was commissioned due to
concerns about compliance with procedures in 2026/27. 
3) Do you have knowledge of any actual, suspected, or alleged fraud during the period 1
April 2025 to 31 March 2026? Where appropriate please provide details. 
No
4) Do you have any suspicion that fraud may be occurring within the organisation? Please
provide details.
a Has management identified any specific fraud risks within the organisation? Please
provide details.
b Does management have any concerns that there are areas within the organisation that
are at risk of fraud? Please provide details.
c Are there particular locations within the organisation where fraud is more likely to
occur? Please provide details. 
Management has no suspicion that fraud may be occurring within the HSCP. Risks are identified as part of
the internal audit programme. Specific risks are greater in respect of payroll and where cash handling and
client funds are involved. These are areas which are reviewed regularly by audit and procedures and
processes have been strengthened recently to address these risks. This has been reported in detail to the
Audit & Risk Committee and the procedures approved by the Finance & Policy Committee.
Page 78

Page 79

3 
Classification: OFFICIAL
5) Are you satisfied that internal controls, including segregation of duties, exist and work
effectively? Please provide details.
a If not, where are the risk areas?
b What other controls are in place to help prevent, deter, or detect fraud? 
Yes — controls are in place within both partners to manage this risk appropriately. These include
segregation of duties and are regularly reviewed as part of the internal audit programme. Staff are
encouraged to escalate any concerns they have in respect of adherence to policies and procedures. 
6) How are staff encouraged to report their concerns about fraud, and what are the types of
concerns they are expected to report? Please provide details. 
Budget holders are reminded of the financial regulations on a regular basis. These were reviewed in early
2024 and approved by the IJB at its meeting in May 2024. The new version was circulated to relevant staff
following the IJB meeting. This is also covered in staff induction where appropriate. Finance staff are also
encouraged to raise concerns during their review of budgets and will escalate these to senior finance staff
and the Chief Finance Officer where material. 
7) From a fraud and corruption perspective, what do you consider to be high risk posts within the
organisation? Please provide details.
a How are the risks relating to these posts identified, assessed, and managed? 
Management, finance, ICT, procurement and posts which are involved in the handling of client funds and
operation of payroll procedures. The processes described above relating to financial regulations,
procurement controls, segregation of duties and audit review of high risk areas are the ways in which these
risks are managed. All supervisory staff and managers are aware of their own areas of high risk and the
reporting lines for escalation of any concerns. 
8) Are you aware of any related party relationships or transactions that could give rise to
instances of fraud? Please provide details.
a How are the risks associated with fraud related to such relationships and transactions
mitigated? 
No — registers of interest for senior staff and Board Members are maintained and reviewed regularly. No
concerns have been raised in this regard by the public or through complaints or audit processes. Further
mitigations are through purchasing, procurement and financial processes. 
9) Are you aware of any entries made in the accounting records of the organisation that it
believes, or suspects are false or intentionally misleading? Please provide details.
a Are there particular balances where fraud is more likely to occur? Please provide
details.
b Are there any assets, liabilities, or transactions that it believes were improperly
included or omitted from the accounts of the organisation? Please provide details.
Page 79

Page 80

4 
Classification: OFFICIAL
c Could a false accounting entry escape detection? If so, how?
d Are there any external fraud risk factors which are high risk of fraud? Please provide
details. 
Management are not aware of any false or intentionally misleading accounting entries or statements in the
accounts. Both accounting teams work within an internal control and review framework that is designed to
mitigate this risk. This includes regular management review, segregation of duties and internal audit revies.
There are no transactions that have been improperly included or omitted from the accounts. Additional
review is carried out within the finance teams of both partners in addition to the HSCP level review and
reporting processes. 
10) Are you aware of any organizational, or management pressure to meet financial or
operating targets? Please provide details.
a Are you aware of any inappropriate organizational or management pressure being
applied, or incentives offered, to you or colleagues to meet financial or
operating targets? Please provide details. 
No — The HSCP is expected to operate within the budget allocated by NHS Highland and Argyll and Bute
Council. Operating performance is measured and subject to professional review and  analysis to ensure that
relevant policies and commitments are fulfilled. This does not involve inappropriate pressure or incentives
being offered to anyone working within, or involved in the governance or management of the HSCP.
Additional review work is carried out by professional staff within both partner organizations. 
11) How does management gain assurance that all relevant laws and regulations have
been complied with. For example:
a What process is in place for identifying and responding to changes in laws and
regulations? Please provide details.
b What arrangements are in place for the Performance, Audit and Risk Committee to
oversee this process?
c What arrangements are in place for communicating with employees, non-executive
directors, partners and stakeholders regarding the relevant laws and regulations that
need to be followed? Please provide details.
d Do you have knowledge of actual or suspected instances where appropriate laws and
regulations have not been complied with, and if so what actions management is taking
to address it? Please provide details. 
The management team regularly review new and emerging legislation. It seeks to comply with all
legislation and respond appropriately to consultations by Government. New legislation, policies and
procedures are cascaded throughout the HSCP as appropriate. Management are not aware of any actual or
suspected instances where laws and regulations have not been complied with. The Audit and Risk
Committee and Clinical and Care Governance Committee receive reports from auditors and regulatory
bodies which provide assurance in this regard. I also refer you to a more detailed response on this point
provided in the Signals portal. 
Page 80

Page 81

5 
Classification: OFFICIAL
12) Are you aware of any actual or potential litigation or claims that would affect the financial
statements? Please provide details. 
No, I am not aware of any actual or potential litigation or claims that would affect the financial statements.
13) How has management assessed and satisfied itself that it is appropriate to adopt the going
concern basis in preparing the financial statements? 
The HSCP seeks to operate on a financially sustainable basis, its budget is confirmed by both partners each
year and it holds a small amount of funding in reserve. There are no events that cast doubt on the
organisations ability to continue as a going concern. However, the HSCP has been reporting for some time
that it required to reduce spend in order to operate on a financially sustainable basis. Like most of the
health and social care sector, it has identified a substantial budget gap for 2027/28 and currently working
with partners to address this. The Budget Outlook report provides the current medium term financial
projections. 
14) Has management identified any events or conditions since the assessment was
undertaken which may cast significant doubt on the organization’s ability to continue as a going
concern? Please provide details. 
No, the sector is under severe financial pressure and the management team are working with partners to
establish what actions require to be taken to ensure that the HSCP is operating on a sustainable basis.
Resources are in place to fund the HSCP’s activities throughout the next year. 
The recent announcements by the Scottish Government in respect of public sector reform indicate that
structural change in the health and social care sector is expected in the medium term. 
Yours Sincerely 
James Gow
Chief Financial Officer
Page 81

Page 82

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 83

1
Classification: OFFICIAL 
Audit & Risk Committee       
Date of Meeting:  22 September 2026  
Title of Report:    Audit Scotland: Publications 
Presented by:      James Gow, Head of Finance   
The Audit & Risk Committee is asked to: 
• Note the Audit Scotland publications. 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
Audit Scotland regularly publish reports which are relevant to public bodies.   This
report highlights four reports published in recently that may be of interest to the
Committee. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 The Audit & Risk Committee is recommended to: 
• Note the contents of the publications. 
3. DETAIL OF REPORT 
3.1  Audit Scotland publish their reports on their web-site: https://www.audit-
scotland.gov.uk/publications. This report highlights four recent publications: 
• Local Government Budgets 2026/27
• Quality of Public Audit in Scotland 2025/26
• Code of Audit Practice 2026
• National Fraud initiative 2026/27 
3.2       Local government Budgets (Appendix 1) 
This bulletin provides an overview of the 2026/27 budgets of Scotland’s 32 Local
Authorities. Some of the key findings outlined are:
• Scottish Government funding to councils is £15.7 billion in 2026/27, a 1%
real-terms increase, but capital funding has been reduced by 15%, limiting
investment in infrastructure. 
Page 83 Agenda Item 8

Page 84

2
Classification: OFFICIAL
• Councils face a combined budget gap of £529m, driven by rising demand
and cost pressures, particularly in social care. 
• Councils have balanced budgets through a combination of: 
o Council tax increases averaging 7.7%
o £180 million of savings
o Increased fees and charges
o Use of £122 million of reserves. 
• Councils are contributing £4.3 billion to Integration Joint Boards (IJBs) for
social care services, about a quarter of revenue spend.  
• Financial pressures are expected to continue, with almost £1 billion of
cumulative budget gaps by 2028/29, raising concerns about long-term
financial sustainability and the need to redesign or reduce services. 
• Most councils consulted residents on budget decisions and carried out
equality impact assessments.
The report provides interesting comparative data and re-iterates themes
highlighted previously including increasing demand for services, on-going
financial pressures and the requirement to reduce and/or transform services.
Audit Scotland again devote a large section of the report to highlight the
importance of community engagement and equality impact processes when
considering service change and budget / council tax setting. 
3.3  Quality of Public Audit in Scotland (Appendix 2) 
This report provides an overview of the work of public audit for 2025/26 and
concludes that the quality of public audit in Scotland remains high, with strong
compliance with auditing and ethical standards. External and internal quality
reviews found that performance audits assessed were of high quality and 86% of
financial audits reviewed demonstrated good quality and strong compliance with
standards:
• Strong compliance with ethical requirements and quality management
standards by all audit providers. 
• All performance audit outputs were delivered on time and met quality
targets. 
• Significant improvements have been made in addressing issues identified
in previous quality reviews. 
• Stakeholder feedback remained positive, with annual audits and
performance audit reports generally rated as useful and high quality. 
The main challenge continues to be the timeliness of financial audits. Only 55%
of 2024/25 audits were completed by target dates, the situation is improving with
an expectation of further improvement in the coming year. Delays were
particularly evident in local government and central government audits, often due
to prioritisation of larger audits, staffing pressures, or delays in receiving
information from audited bodies. Overall, the report provides assurance that
public audit quality in Scotland is strong and improving, while recognising that
audit delivery times remain a challenge. 
3.4  Code of Audit Practice (Appendix 3) 
The Code of Audit Practice 2026 sets out the framework for external public audit
in Scotland for the period 2027/28 to 2031/32. It outlines the responsibilities of
auditors appointed by the Auditor General for Scotland and the Accounts
Page 84

Page 85

3
Classification: OFFICIAL
Commission for Scotland, and the standards they must follow. The main themes
include:
• Independent assurance over public finances, ensuring public money is
used legally, properly, efficiently and effectively. 
• A continued focus on financial management, financial sustainability,
governance and leadership, and effective use of resources as core areas
of audit scrutiny. 
• Stronger emphasis on Best Value arrangements, particularly within local
government, to support continuous improvement in public services.
• A risk-based, proportionate and data-driven audit approach, allowing
auditors to focus on areas of greatest risk and public interest. 
The Code aims to ensure audit continues to drive improvement in accountability
and transparency across the public sector by providing independent assurance
on how public resources are managed and reported. 
3.5 National Fraud Initiative in Scotland (Appendix 4) 
The report provides an overview of the National Fraud Initiative (NFI) in Scotland
for using the 2024/25 data. The NFI uses data matching across public sector
organisations to identify fraud, error, overpayments and opportunities for
additional income. The report highlights that the NFI is an important and effective
counter-fraud tool in the context of significant financial pressure on public
services. 
• In 2024/25 the NFI exercise generated £21.7 million (a small decrease on
the prior year), comprising overpayments recovered, additional income,
future savings and estimated fraud prevention.
• Since 2006/07, the NFI has identified approximately £201 million of
cumulative outcomes in Scotland. 
• The largest areas of savings were: 
▪ Pensions (£4.8m)
▪ Council Tax Single Person Discounts (£4.1m)
▪ Council Tax Reduction Scheme (£1.7m)
▪ Duplicate Creditor Payments (£1.1m)
▪ Non-Domestic Rates Small Business Bonus Scheme (£0.8m) 
• Delivery of the NFI has improved, with fewer significant issues identified
by auditors, although some organisations could improve the timeliness
and focus of match investigations. 
• Audit Scotland is exploring new fraud detection opportunities, including
pilots involving welfare recipient residency checks and social housing
subletting. 
Some examples of where fraud was identified are listed below:
• More than one simultaneous full-time employment cases
• Employees working while off sick 
• Undeclared financial interests
• Duplicate creditor payments – 260 totalling £1.1m
• Pension overpayments following death (108 cases and £4.8m of savings)
Page 85

Page 86

4
Classification: OFFICIAL
• Council Tax fraud and error – 2,367 single person discounts
• Social Care Payment Overpayments relating to mortality screening (44
cases)
Additionally the scheme has identified blue badge abuse, concessionary travel
mis-use and  housing waiting list fraud. 
The report confirms that participation by public bodies is generally positive. The
HSCP periodically provides assurance from both partners to the audit and risk
committee in respect of their arrangements to identify, investigate and prevent
fraud and error in this context.  
4. RELEVANT DATA AND INDICATORS 
4.1 Audit Scotland Reports rely on a wide range of data and information.     
5 CONTRIBUTION TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES 
5.1 Audit Scotland Reports are of strategic relevance to public service delivery in
Scotland.   
6. GOVERNANCE IMPLICATIONS 
6.1 Financial Impact – no direct impacts but the nature of the financial challenges
facing the public sector is a key theme. 
6.2 Staff Governance – none directly. 
6.3 Clinical Governance – none directly. 
7. PROFESSIONAL ADVISORY 
7.1 The report has been circulated for information. 
8. EQUALITY & DIVERSITY IMPLICATIONS 
8.1 None directly. 
9. GENERAL DATA PROTECTION PRINCIPLES COMPLIANCE 
9.1 None.   
10. RISK ASSESSMENT 
10.1 This report summarises a series of contextual reports which generally support the
assessment of risk in the Strategic Risk Register. 
11. PUBLIC & USER INVOLVEMENT & ENGAGEMENT 
11.1 Audit Scotland reports are publicly available. 
12. CONCLUSIONS 
12.1  This report seeks to bring key public sector audit reports to the attention of the
Committee. 
Page 86

Page 87

5
Classification: OFFICIAL
13. DIRECTIONS 
Directions
required to
Council, NHS
Board, or both.
Directions to: tick
No Directions required √
Argyll & Bute Council 
NHS Highland Health Board 
Argyll & Bute Council and NHS Highland Health Board 
14. PREVIOUS REVIEW OF THE REPORT 
Meeting  Title of report Date Output (if relevant)
N/A     
AUTHOR NAME: James Gow, Head of Finance
EMAIL: james.gow@argyll-bute.gov.uk 
Appendix 1 – Local Government Budgets 2026/27
Appendix 2 – Quality of Public Audit in Scotland 2025/26 
Appendix 3 – Code of Audit Practice 2026
Appendix 4 – National Fraud Initiative 
Page 87

Page 88

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 89

Prepared by Audit Scotland
June 2026
Bulletin
Local government
budgets 2026/27
Page 89

Page 90

2Local government budgets 2026/27
Contents
Key facts 3
Key messages 5
Commission expectations 7
Introduction 8
1. Scottish Government funding to councils 10
2. Council budgets 15
3. Consulting with communities 31
Appendix 1 35
Appendix 2 36
Accessibility
You can find out more and read this report using assistive
technology on our website www.audit.scot/accessibility.
Page 90

Page 91

3Key facts
Key facts
Local government budgets 2026/27:
£15.7 billion total funding from the Scottish Government
1 per cent real terms increase in funding (revenue and capital)
to councils in 2026/27 compared to 2025/26
2 per cent real terms increase in revenue funding to councils in
2026/27 compared to 2025/26
15 per cent real terms reduction in capital funding to councils in
2026/27 compared to 2025/26
£18.9 billion councils’ approved net revenue budgets 
£5 billion councils’ approved capital budgets (General Fund
£3.5 billion; Housing Revenue Account £1.5 billion)
7.7 per cent average council tax increase (varies between four
and ten per cent across councils) 
£529 million
revenue budget gap identified by councils at time
of setting 2026/27 budgets (around three per cent of
councils’ General Fund revenue budgets)
£4.3 billion
councils’ revenue contributions to Integration 
Joint Boards (IJBs), (around 24 per cent of councils’
General Fund revenue budgets) a real terms
increase of £220 million compared to 2025/26 
Page 91

Page 92

Key facts 4
Budget actions:
£221 million increase to council tax
£17 million increase to income (including fees and charges)
£168 million agreed savings (recurring)
£12 million agreed savings (non-recurring)
£122 million use of reserves
30 the number of councils that carried out a budget
consultation to inform 2026/27 budget-setting
31 the number of councils that carried out equality
impact assessments as part of budget-setting
Page 92

Page 93

5
Key messages
Key messages
1 Despite a small real terms increase in Scottish Government
funding for 2026/27, councils still face major risks to their
financial sustainability as funding fails to keep pace with rising
demand and increasing costs. Much of the recently baselined
General Revenue Grant funding is still effectively directed
towards specific existing commitments, restricting flexibility.
Councils identified a combined budget gap of around £529
million for 2026/27, representing a gap of around three per cent
of total General Fund revenue budgets across Scotland.
2 A 15 per cent decrease in capital funding is limiting councils’
capacity to sustain and develop infrastructure, resulting in greater
dependence on borrowing and heightened long-term financial
risk. Nevertheless, overall, councils are expanding their capital
budgets for housing, with all councils committing to investment
in new housing for 2026/27.
3 To achieve a balanced budget in 2026/27, councils are
implementing a range of local measures, including planned
savings of one per cent of the combined net revenue budget
across services and the use of reserves. All councils increased
council tax for a second consecutive year by an average of 
7.7 per cent and collectively expect to raise more than 
£1.2 billion through fees and charges for local services.
Page 93

Page 94

Key messages 6
4 Projected reductions in Scottish Government funding over the
medium term are expected to intensify financial pressures and
increase the risk of councils becoming financially unsustainable,
unless they stop, reduce or significantly redesign services.
Funding for social care, mainly through Integration Joint Boards
(IJBs), represents a high proportion of council spend, with
increasing demand for these services, putting pressure on
council budgets. Councils continue to forecast short-term budget
gaps to 2028/29 and are considering a wide range of measures
to achieve balanced budgets in future years. As savings options
increasingly focus on changes that impact on services offered to
people, effective and consistent consultation with communities
will be essential.
Page 94

Page 95

7Commission expectations
Commission expectations
This is our third bulletin on council budgets. Within our
previous bulletins we acknowledged variation in how budgets
are presented and set out a range of expectations relating to
the transparency of council budget papers.
There has been good progress against most of the
expectations set out in Local government budgets
2025/26 (Appendix 2). However, further improvements
could be made in the transparency of budget papers and the
financial monitoring provided to elected members, and how
communities are consulted about budget decisions.
With financial pressures forecast to remain, and the continued
need to identify savings through stopping, reducing and
redesigning services to address these, it is more important
than ever for budget-setting to be clear and well managed.
The decisions taken by councils when setting their budgets
impact us all. Without clear and transparent reporting,
however, it is difficult for elected members and communities
to fully engage and participate in making these decisions.
We have therefore set out the commission’s expectations 
for councils’ annual budget-setting as a checklist (Supplement)
for elected members in order to assist them when making
decisions on setting budgets.
Page 95

Page 96

8Introduction
Introduction
1. Audit Scotland has prepared this budget bulletin on behalf of the
Accounts Commission to summarise key issues arising from our analysis
of the 2026/27 budgets recently agreed by Scotland’s 32 councils.
2. Councils are legally required to set a balanced budget for each
upcoming financial year. This means that a council’s funding and income
must cover their anticipated expenditure. Councils might identify a
budget gap as they are preparing their budgets. This is the difference
between their anticipated expenditure for the year and the funding and
income they expect to receive. Councils will identify and agree actions,
including savings measures or using reserves, to allow them to set a
balanced budget.
3. The wide range of approaches councils take to budget-setting and
the level of information, and the way that it is publicly reported, make it
challenging to report a definitive national position. Some of the variation
between councils is due to differing approaches to budgeting. We have
added caveats to the exhibits and text where caution is required.
4. This report is in three parts:
• Part 1 outlines the Scottish Government’s 2026/27 funding
allocation to councils and highlights trends in revenue and capital
settlements compared with previous years.
• Part 2 assesses how councils have balanced their 2026/27
budgets, including the use of reserves and other measures. This
is based on data returns submitted to us by all councils in March
and April 2026, shortly after agreeing their 2026/27 budgets. We
welcomed the positive engagement from councils and auditors in
completing and returning their data return.
• Part 3 reviews how councils engaged with stakeholders and
considered equality impacts when making budget decisions.
5. As part of the data return, we asked councils to identify the
assumptions they made when calculating projected revenue budget 
gaps over the short term. As expected, these assumptions varied across
the country and across a range of factors although there are no 
identified outliers.
Page 96

Page 97

Introduction 9
6. This year’s budget bulletin provides increased emphasis on:
• the impact that challenging capital settlements have on councils’
ability to invest in local infrastructure
• the level of savings required by Integration Joint Boards (IJBs) in
setting their 2026/27 budgets, including the proportion that relates
specifically to social care services and the impact this has on
council budgets
• the share of council’s capital budgets that sits within the Housing
Revenue Account (if applicable), where that money comes from,
and planned expenditure.
7. When looking at trends, we convert some financial data into real
terms, adjusting it for inflation to make trend information comparable. We
have used the March 2026 deflators published by HM Treasury to adjust
financial information from past or future years into 2026/27 prices.
8. The report is part of a series of overview outputs produced for
the Accounts Commission. These reports provide an independent
overview of the financial and operational performance of Scotland’s local
government sector. The next reports will be our annual financial bulletins
on councils, and IJBs, assessing their financial performance in the most
recently audited financial year.
Page 97

Page 98

10
1.
1. Scottish Government funding to councils
1. Scottish Government
funding to councils
Overall Scottish Government funding to councils is
increasing slightly, in real terms, in 2026/27 compared to
last year. However, rising demand and a significantly lower
capital allocation in 2026/27 will continue to challenge
councils’ financial sustainability if they continue to operate
under the current model of service delivery.
Total Scottish Government funding to councils is
increasing slightly in 2026/27
9. The Scottish Government will provide a total of £15.7 billion of funding
(revenue and capital) to local government in 2026/27 (Exhibit 1), a one
per cent real terms increase compared to 2025/26.
10. The funding going to councils will likely change throughout the year 
as the Scottish Government reprioritises resources from other portfolios
to local government or additional funding becomes available. For
example, councils received £177 million of additional funding during
2025/26, confirmed through the autumn and spring budget revisions. 
It is therefore likely that the 2026/27 budget to local government will 
also change.
Exhibit 1. 
Scottish Budget initial local government settlement 2024/25 to 2026/27
Overall Scottish Government funding to local government is increasing in 2026/27
despite a reduction in the capital settlement.
Cash terms (£ million) Real terms (£ million)
2024/25 2025/26 2026/27 2024/25 2025/26 2026/27
Total local government
funding 13,913 15,165 15,687 14,652 15,469 15,687
Total revenue funding 13,257 14,397 15,018 13,961 14,686 15,018
Total capital funding 656 767 669 691 783 669
Note: Real terms funding has been adjusted into 2026/27 prices using March 2026 GDP deflators.
Source: Analysis of Scottish Government Finance Circulars
The Scottish
Government adjusts its
budget during the year.
This generally takes
place during the annual
autumn and spring
budget revisions
which are approved by
the Scottish Parliament
and may include
allocating additional
funding for specific
purposes, as well as in-
year transfers between
spending portfolios.
Page 98

Page 99

1. Scottish Government funding to councils 11
Revenue funding to all councils is increasing 
in 2026/27
11. The finance circular outlines the revenue and capital funding
that councils will receive from the Scottish Government in
2026/27. Revenue funding contributes to the day-to-day costs
incurred by councils, such as employing staff. The Scottish
Government is allocating £15 billion of revenue funding to local
government in 2026/27, a real terms increase of £331 million
(two per cent) from last year (Exhibit 2, page 12). All councils will
receive a real and cash terms increase in revenue funding from
the Scottish Government in 2026/27.
12. The settlement differs from the figures presented in the
draft Scottish Budget due to changes made prior to it receiving
parliamentary approval. For example, the Scottish Government
provided councils with £20 million of additional funding to
support the Real Living Wage across adult and children’s social
care and early learning and childcare.
While baselining additional funding into the
GRG is intended to enhance councils’ financial
flexibility and align with national commitments
to reduce ring-fencing, much of this funding
remains directed towards specific policies 
and priorities
13. In recent years, there has been a significant increase in the 
General Revenue Grant (GRG) provided to councils, reflecting
the Scottish Government’s decision to baseline several,
previously ring-fenced, grants. Our Supplement to the Financial
bulletin 2024/25 sets out the funds baselined into the GRG.
Between 2024/25 and 2026/27, the GRG has increased in real
terms by £869 million (eight per cent). There has been a modest
increase in GRG funding to councils over the last year, with a
real terms increase of £89 million (0.8 per cent). Over the same
period, specific revenue grants, which are ring-fenced by the
Scottish Government, have reduced by over 20 per cent 
(£56 million).
14. The Scottish Government states that increasing GRG
funding supports the goals of the Verity House Agreement to
lessen ring-fenced funds. However, much of the new funding
is required to meet existing commitments, such as £244 million
of the total £770 million in 2026/27 allocated for teacher pay
increases. Councils must continue using GRG funding for these
obligations, limiting flexibility in spending plans.
The General Revenue Grant
(GRG) is funding provided by the
Scottish Government to help
councils finance their general
services. Unlike specific revenue
grants, GRG is typically not ring-
fenced for specific purposes,
providing councils with a degree
of flexibility over how to allocate
this funding. However, the
Scottish Government directs
councils to spend some GRG
funding on national policy
initiatives, and those expectations
are generally agreed with the
Convention of Scottish Local
Authorities (COSLA). Though
not formally ring-fenced, the
Scottish Government provides
this funding with an expectation
that councils will spend it on
specific services.
The GRG allocation to councils
is based on factors such as
deprivation, levels of rurality
and population size. It is also
based on individual funding
formulas assigned to a particular
local service area. The formula
used to determine the funding
allocation depends on the
specific circumstances for
that service area. This allows
the Scottish Government to
calculate each council’s share
of the GRG. The Scottish
Government jointly agrees the
methodology of distributing
funding to councils with COSLA
which requires regular review.
Scottish Government adjusts
the allocation to each council
as part of the agreed funding
methodology to recognise that
the indicators used, for example,
population size, may lead to
significant annual reductions or
increases for some. The floor
restricts the scale of any grant
increase or reduction within a
set parameter to reduce the
impact in any one financial year.
Page 99

Page 100

1. Scottish Government funding to councils 12
Note: Prior years have been adjusted into 2026/27 prices using the March 2026 GDP deflators.
Source: Analysis of Scottish Government Finance Circulars
Exhibit 2. 
Scottish Government revenue allocation to local government in real 
terms 2024/25 to 2026/27
All councils are receiving an increase in their revenue allocation in 2026/27.
Recent property revaluations are driving a
significant increase in councils’ non-domestic
rates income
15. An increase in non-domestic rates (NDR) income is driving the
overall increase in revenue funding in 2026/27. Funding to councils 
arising from non-domestic rates income is increasing in real terms
by £298 million (nine per cent) between 2025/26 and 2026/27.
This partly reflects the impact of the new non-domestic property
revaluation taking effect from 1 April 2026, which is expected
to result in a higher aggregate NDR yield in the first year of the
revaluation cycle.
16. The Scottish Government takes account of the estimated
income that councils expect to receive in council tax and NDR
income when determining the final GRG allocation to councils.
A significantly reduced capital settlement from
the Scottish Government is making it harder for
councils to invest in local infrastructure
17. Councils use capital funding to buy, maintain or improve assets
such as buildings, general infrastructure and equipment. The
Scottish Government is allocating £669 million of capital funding to
local government in 2026/27, a 15 per cent (£114 million) real terms
reduction compared to last year (Exhibit 3, page 13).
Non-domestic rates
(NDR) are a tax on
businesses and other non-
domestic properties which
helps to fund local services.
The Scottish Government
sets the rate of tax, councils
collect the money, and
the Scottish Government
redistributes it as part of
its funding allocations to
councils. 
The independent Scottish
Assessors calculate the
rateable value of every
non-domestic property
every three years. The
2026 revaluation increased
the rateable value on a
significant number of
non-domestic properties,
including council-owned
buildings. The Scottish
Government has announced
a package of support to help
those affected by increases
in NDR.
£3.2bn £3.2bn £3.5bn
£0.3bn £0.3bn £0.2bn
£10.5bn £11.2bn £11.3bn
General Revenue Grant
Non-Domestic Rates
Specific Revenue Grants
2024/25 2025/26 2026/27
Page 100

Page 101

1. Scottish Government funding to councils 13
18. Twenty-eight councils are receiving a lower capital allocation in
2026/27 compared to the previous year. This impacts on their ability to
invest in local infrastructure, including increasing the pressures on future
revenue budgets (paragraph 57).
19. The Scottish Government and COSLA also use a needs-based
formula to distribute the capital allocation to councils, which is more
variable year-to-year than revenue funding. The General Capital Grant is
distributed based largely on population size and road-length with councils
choosing which projects to fund. Specific Capital Grants are intended to
fund specific national policy priorities.
20. A reduction in the core capital allocation increases the financial
sustainability pressures facing councils and the need for greater and 
more focused capital planning, including:
• Councils increasing their borrowing to fund capital projects.
Borrowing costs, like interest payments, must be met from
councils’ revenue budgets, increasing the pressures further.
• Councils delaying vital investment in local assets. This means 
local assets deteriorate further or councils are forced to close 
them completely.
Exhibit 3. 
Scottish Budget local government capital settlement in real terms
2024/25 to 2026/27
Councils are receiving a lower capital allocation from the Scottish Government in
2026/27 compared to the last two years.
Note: Prior years have been adjusted into 2026/27 prices using the March 2026 GDP deflators.
Source: Analysis of Scottish Government Finance Circulars
£563m £569m£656m
£128m £100m
£126m
2024/25 2025/26 2026/27
General Capital Grant
Specific Capital Grants
Page 101

Page 102

1. Scottish Government funding to councils 14
• A lack of investment in key local infrastructure impacting on wider
outcomes, such as community health and wellbeing.
• A requirement to review existing capital plans to ensure their
affordability under existing pressures.
Further reductions in Scottish Government funding
over the medium term will heighten the risk of
councils becoming financially unsustainable
21. Alongside the draft 2026/27 budget, the Scottish Government
published the Scottish Spending Review, which sets out indicative
multi-year spending plans from 2026/27 to 2028/29 (and to 2029/30 for
capital). This is a projected level of spend rather than a final settlement
and does not provide a council-level breakdown of funding. As such,
there is a lack of information which could provide councils with sufficient
information to assist in effective medium-term financial planning.
22. The Scottish Spending Review projects that revenue funding for
councils will decline in real terms by £528 million (four per cent) between
2026/27 and 2028/29. Councils will therefore continue to face significant
challenges including where to stop, reduce or significantly redesign
services in order to remain financially sustainable, as demand rises and
costs increase while projected funding falls, as set out in our Local
government in Scotland: Financial bulletin 2024/25.
23. The Scottish Spending Review also shows that the capital pressures
facing councils are set to continue. Capital funding from the Scottish
Government to councils is expected to decrease in real terms by 
£28 million (four per cent) from 2026/27 to 2029/30. This reduction 
will impact on councils’ ability to invest in infrastructure projects, such 
as building new schools. Councils will need to assess how the projected
reduction in their capital settlement, together with cost increases, will
affect their longer-term infrastructure strategies.
Page 102

Page 103

152. Council budgets
2. Council budgets
Rising demand and increasing costs mean that councils 
are continuing to face growing financial challenges.
Councils are using reserves, savings, borrowing and
increases in council tax to manage shortfalls.
Councils’ General Fund revenue budget for 2026/27 has
increased since 2025/26
24. Each year, councils set a revenue budget to cover the costs of providing
services and other expenses for the upcoming year. They are required to
ensure that this revenue budget is balanced annually. For 2026/27, councils
reported a General Fund revenue budget of around £18.9 billion, increasing
from around £18.3 billion in 2025/26 (in real terms). While this is an increase
in available budget for councils in the coming year, this sits alongside the
challenging context of Scotland’s public finances. There is a rising demand
for services provided by councils, increased costs and inflation putting
pressure on budgets despite the increase in funding.
25. Most General Fund revenue funding comes from the Scottish Government,
with 60 per cent from the GRG. The remaining revenue funding for councils
comes from a number of sources including NDR, council tax, use of reserves
and other grants and funding from the Scottish and UK governments (Exhibit 4).
Exhibit 4. 
Sources of funding for councils’ 2026/27 General Fund revenue budgets
Source: Council data returns
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
General Revenue Grant
Non-domestic rates
Council tax
Reserves
Other grants, funding
and income 0.9%
0.9%
20.1%
18.4%
59.7%
£ billion
Page 103

Page 104

2. Council budgets 16
IJB funding is a major pressure on councils’ revenue
budgets
26. IJBs receive annual funding from their council and NHS board
partners to deliver local health and social care services. Councils 
are allocating £4.3 billion of revenue funding to IJBs in 2026/27. 
This represents around 24 per cent of the combined 2026/27 revenue
budgets for all councils (excluding Highland who currently operates a
lead agency model) and a £220 million real terms increase since last
year. Three councils are allocating 30 per cent or more of their revenue
budgets to IJBs in 2026/27.
27. The Accounts Commission’s Integration Joint Boards: Financial
bulletin 2024/25 highlights the critical financial pressures facing IJBs.
Twenty councils were able to provide information on savings required
by IJBs in 2026/27, showing that the financial pressures are continuing.
Overall, those IJBs are expected to deliver £179 million of savings in
2026/27, £103 million within social care services (57 per cent of all
savings required by IJBs).
28. The Integration Joint Boards: Financial bulletin 2024/25 also
highlights that reserve levels continue to fall across IJBs, with the total
level of reserves held by IJBs now lower than the budget gap forecast
for the year ahead. While several councils have sought to address health
and social care pressures through additional uplifts to the IJB, they are
acknowledging this only provides short-term stability. Councils are largely
recognising that if IJBs cannot contain financial pressures, then additional
funding may be sought from partners during the financial year, which
could lead to councils making further saving measures.
29. Individual IJBs are acting in response to the significant financial
pressures accumulating from rising demand and constrained funding
settlements, for example:
• Perth and Kinross IJB approved a Financial Recovery Plan for
2025/26 to manage in-year pressures, mainly through the use of
council reserves. While some measures continue, the 2026/27 plan
focuses on sustainable service redesign. This comes alongside
significant savings already delivered and ongoing financial pressures,
with recognition that further measures may risk reduced access 
to care.
• North Ayrshire Council has moved to a ‘critical only’ threshold for
funded adult social care support, meaning only those at critical risk
will receive support. The change follows severe financial pressures,
with rising demand and increasing care delivery costs not matched
by available funding.
Page 104

Page 105

2. Council budgets 17
At the time of setting their 2026/27 budget, almost
all councils reported a budget gap
30. Where councils are reporting that their spending across the year
will be greater than their available income, we refer to this as a budget
gap. The budget gap is the difference between anticipated income
(not including income drawn from council reserves) and anticipated
expenditure (taking into account any savings approved before the
2026/27 budget process began).
31. At the time of setting their budgets, councils identified a combined
budget gap of £528.6 million, representing a gap of around three per
cent of councils’ total combined General Fund revenue budgets for
2026/27. This proportion has remained broadly consistent over the last
seven years. Exhibit 5, (page 18) sets out the budget gaps for individual
councils as a percentage of their individual revenue budgets.
Page 105

Page 106

2. Council budgets 18
Exhibit 5. 
2026/27 budget gap in each council, as a percentage of their General Fund
revenue budget (gap in £ millions shown in brackets)
Note: Shetland and Orkney hold significant reserves related to oil and gas harbour activity. They are
excluded from this chart as they are outliers due to their planned use of reserves to balance the budget.
At the time of setting its budget, South Lanarkshire reported a surplus position. There are differences
in the way councils approach and present their budget and identify budget gaps, including when saving
measures and other actions are agreed. This means that comparisons should be made with caution.
Source: Council data returns
-1% 0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7%
South Lanarkshire (-£1.5m)
Fife (£3.6m)
Renfrewshire (£5.0m)
East Lothian (£3.5m)
Dundee City (£5.0m)
Inverclyde (£4.0m)
Aberdeen City (£11.0m)
North Lanarkshire (£19.3m)
City of Edinburgh (£27.9m)
East Ayrshire (£9.5m)
Aberdeenshire (£19.2m)
East Renfrewshire (£8.7m)
Dumfries and Galloway (£12.5m)
Highland (£23.4m)
Falkirk (£14.5m)
West Lothian (£20.2m)
Moray (£10.6m)
Stirling (£11.4m)
Eilean Siar (£5.0m)
Angus (£13.9m)
North Ayrshire (£17.8m)
Clackmannanshire (£7.0m)
Glasgow City (£86.7m)
Perth and Kinross (£20.7m)
Scottish Borders (£16.3m)
Midlothian (£13.3m)
Argyll and Bute (£14.9m)
West Dunbartonshire (£15.9m)
South Ayrshire (£20.7m)
East Dunbartonshire (£23.7m)
Councils
Page 106

Page 107

2. Council budgets 19
Councils are taking various actions to close their
2026/27 budget gaps
32. Each council is required to set a balanced budget, so any identified budget
gap must be addressed via a series of measures when the council agrees its
budget. Councils can use a range of tools to help balance their budgets, either
by generating additional income or by reducing expenditure. Actions include
increasing council tax rates, increasing fees and charges, identifying new
saving opportunities and drawing on council reserves (Exhibit 6).
33. Budgets may also include measures to fund additional investment or to
increase reserves. At the time of setting their budgets, councils approved
measures of around £626.4 million to meet the £528.6 million budget gap
and to fund £97.8 million of revenue investment.
34. Councils should prioritise recurring measures that deliver long-term
savings, such as redesigning services or increasing annual income through
changes to council tax. Non-recurring measures, such as delaying expenditure
or leaving posts temporarily vacant, are short term and cannot sustainably
close a budget gap. Any gap covered by these one-off actions will reappear in
future years, and therefore should be addressed through recurring measures.
Exhibit 6. 
Councils’ bridging actions in their 2026/27 budgets
Councils are taking various actions to close their 2026/27 budget gap and fund
additional investment.
0 50 100 150 200 250
Other recurring actions
Other non-recurring actions
Non-recurring savings
Increase to income
Use of reserves
Recurring savings
Increase to council tax
rates/base
£ million
1.8%
2.7%
5.4%
8.5%
19.4%
26.8%
35.2%
Note: Other non-recurring actions mainly relate to measures being taken by Glasgow City Council 
to address homelessness pressures. Percentages do not sum to 100 per cent due to rounding.
Source: Council data returns
Page 107

Page 108

2. Council budgets 20
Councils continue to rely on identified savings across
different service areas to address financial challenges
35. All councils have identified the service areas where they expect 
to make savings when setting their 2026/27 budgets, where previously
some councils had savings that were unidentified. Although this
represents appropriate financial planning at the time of setting the budget,
councils may still need to identify further saving measures if unforeseen
in-year pressures arise.
36. Councils are planning £179.6 million worth of saving measures through
2026/27 budgets, representing one per cent of the General Fund revenue
budget for all councils. Around £168.1 million are recurring savings with
£11.5 million of non-recurring savings identified. Increasing the share of
recurring savings is important for ongoing financial management as it
provides a more reliable financial base going forward.
37. At the time of budget-setting, South Ayrshire Council planned the
largest level of savings as a proportion of its 2026/27 total General
Fund revenue budget. The council plans to deliver recurring savings of
£9.4 million in 2026/27, representing around 2.4 per cent of its 2026/27
General Fund revenue budget. Most of these savings are within corporate
functions and environmental services, particularly through changes to
waste management services.
38. Statutory services, like education and social work services, limits
councils’ ability to reduce spending in these areas, with savings more
common within non-statutory services. Corporate services have the
most individual saving measures across all councils, amounting to around
£66.7 million, representing over a third of the total value of all 2026/27
saving measures. Around 74 individual saving measures are within culture
and leisure, economic development and environmental services. This
represents around £46.6 million of saving measures.
39. Our recently published report Delivering for the future –
Transformation: How councils are redesigning and delivering more
efficient services set out the need for sustainable change through
transformation of services, presenting a mixed picture of how well
councils are doing this.
All councils increased their council tax rates in
2026/27
40. Councils had full flexibility in 2026/27 to determine their council tax
levels. All councils increased their council tax rates in 2026/27, with
increases ranging from four per cent in City of Edinburgh Council to ten
per cent in Aberdeenshire and Moray councils (Exhibit 7, page 21).
Page 108

Page 109

2. Council budgets 21
Source: Council data returns and Scottish Government Council Tax documents
Exhibit 7. 
Band D Council Tax rates in each council, 2024/25 – 2026/27
Council Tax rates increased between four and ten per cent in 2026/27.
0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800
Shetland Islands
Eilean Siar
South Lanarkshire
Angus
North Lanarkshire
Dumfries and Galloway
Scottish Borders
Falkirk
Orkney Islands
Fife
West Lothian
Aberdeenshire
West Dunbartonshire
Perth and Kinross
Clackmannanshire
East Renfrewshire
East Dunbartonshire
Highland
Inverclyde
Moray
East Lothian
Renfrewshire
City of Edinburgh
North Ayrshire
South Ayrshire
Argyll and Bute
Stirling
Dundee City
East Ayrshire
Aberdeen City
Glasgow City
Midlothian
£
Councils
2024/25 Council Tax (Band D) 2025/26 increase 2026/27 increase
Page 109

Page 110

2. Council budgets 22
41. In total, councils expect to receive £248 million from increases to
council tax in 2026/27. The income individual councils expect to raise
from council tax depends on several local factors, such as the scale of the
increase, the size of the council area, and the nature of the local housing
stock, as well as local demand and priorities.
42. Councils have different council tax baselines, calculated using the
number of homes in the area, converted to the equivalent number of
homes in band D. For 2026/27, Aberdeen City Council agreed a 6.8 per
cent increase, bringing its band D council tax charge to £1,747, while
Aberdeenshire Council approved a ten per cent increase, resulting in a
band D charge of £1,686. Councils such as Aberdeen City, with a higher
value baseline, will therefore raise more income for each one per cent
increase. Overall, there is a 23.7 per cent difference between the lowest
(£1,468) and highest (£1,816) band D rates in Scotland.
43. The Council Tax Reduction (CTR) scheme provides support to a range
of claimants, recognising that council tax increases disproportionately
impact lower income households. Among the council areas with the
highest levels of deprivation, Glasgow City Council applied one of the
lowest council tax increases in 2026/27, at 5.9 per cent. Increases in
Dundee City, West Dunbartonshire and Inverclyde councils were close to
the national average increase of 7.7 per cent. North Ayrshire exceeded the
average, with an increase of 8.5 per cent.
44. Our 2025/26 budget bulletin reported significant increases in local
council tax rates. Overall, percentage increases were lower in 2026/27
than in 2025/26, but cumulative two-year increases across Scotland range
from 12.3 per cent in City of Edinburgh Council to 25.8 per cent in Falkirk
Council. The average cumulative council tax increase over the last two
years is 18 per cent. There is no clear link between council size and the
level of council tax increase. For example, Glasgow City Council, with the
largest population, has approved a cumulative increase of 13.8 per cent,
while Shetland Islands Council, which has one of the smallest populations
and the second lowest Band D rate (Exhibit 7, page 21), has approved an
18 per cent increase, reflecting the national average.
45. Councils also now have the power to set the amount of an additional
premium on the council tax rate for empty properties and second homes.
Several councils plan to make use of the new power in 2026/27.
Councils anticipate raising over £1 billion in 2026/27
from charging to access certain local services
46. Councils also generate income from the fees and charges they set
for using certain services. For example, councils will charge for accessing
local leisure facilities, like swimming pools, or collecting certain 
household waste.
Council tax makes
up a relatively small
proportion of a
council’s total revenue
budget, representing
around 20 per cent 
of overall council 
income in 2026/27. 
A percentage increase
in council tax does
not result in an
equivalent percentage
increase in a council’s
total budget. For
example, if council
tax represents 20 per
cent of a council’s
income, a ten per cent
increase in council tax
results in only a two
per cent increase in
the council’s overall
funding. This is often
referred to as the
council tax gearing
effect.
Page 110

Page 111

2. Council budgets 23
47. Thirty-one councils provided information about the income they expect
to receive from fees and charges in 2026/27. Councils expect to receive
£1.2 billion from fees and charges in 2026/27, representing around 6.7 per
cent of the combined revenue budgets. Income from fees and charges in
2026/27 is largely equivalent to the estimated income received by councils
from fees and charges in 2025/26.
48. All councils will increase fees and charges in 2026/27, with the largest
percentage rises concentrated in environmental services. The Accounts
Commission’s spotlight report on culture and leisure services highlights
councils’ increasing reliance on charging individuals to access services.
It also highlights inconsistencies in how these charges impact different
groups.
49. Seventeen councils are introducing new fees and charges in
2026/27. These are mostly within environmental services and economic
development and planning. Three councils are removing certain fees and
charges in 2026/27.
50. During the 2026/27 budget cycle, six councils approved tighter
eligibility criteria for certain services, including introducing different
charging policies for certain users of services. For example, in one council
non-residents will face higher charges for accessing bereavement services
compared to those living in the area.
51. Across a sample of budget consultations, there is evidence that
some councils are clearly communicating that fees and charges may
be increased or amended as part of addressing identified budget gaps.
Consultations typically outline the need for savings, income generation
and service changes, and invite residents to comment on proposed
options before decisions are made.
Councils are continuing to use reserves to balance
their budgets
52. As previously set out by the Accounts Commission (Local
government budgets 2025/26), councils’ continued use of reserves
to balance budget pressures is not sustainable. At the end of 2025/26,
councils estimated a total of £2.6 billion in their General Fund, a usable
reserve, with £2 billion committed. Of this total amount held in the
General Fund, £0.17 billion (seven per cent) was specifically earmarked 
for contingency.
Page 111

Page 112

2. Council budgets 24
53. When setting 2026/27 budgets, councils approved the use of 
£0.19 billion of General Fund reserves. Councils are generally using
reserves to manage short-term financial pressures rather than to support
ongoing expenditure. For example, reserves are being used to fund
specific non-recurring pressures, one-off investment, as well as planned
use of service concession flexibility. Some councils have included the use
of reserves as a short-term measure within their budget strategies to 
enable efficiency measures or transformational change.
54. While some councils are using reserves on a one-off basis to manage
short-term financial pressures, all acknowledge that using reserves to fund
budget gaps is not sustainable in the long term, and that reserves must
be managed carefully to ensure minimum uncommitted reserve levels 
are maintained.
Reductions in Scottish Government capital
funding are increasing council borrowing and risk
exacerbating financial sustainability pressures
55. Councils use their capital budgets to fund local infrastructure projects,
like building new schools. The significant capital pressures facing councils
are making it difficult to invest in local infrastructure. The impact from
reduced capital funding from the Scottish Government is exacerbated by
the inflationary pressures making infrastructure projects more expensive.
These pressures are set to continue as capital funding from the Scottish
Government is expected to reduce further with high inflation continuing 
to impact on the cost of projects (paragraph 23).
56. The funding of capital budgets comes from a variety of sources
(Exhibit 8, page 26). The total General Fund capital budget for all 
councils in 2026/27 is £3.5 billion, representing a real terms increase 
of £0.30 billion (9.3 per cent) over the last year. However, 14 councils 
are reducing their General Fund capital budgets in 2026/27.
57. Borrowing is the main way that councils fund capital projects,
representing around 71 per cent of all General Fund capital funding in
2026/27. Councils intend to borrow £2.48 billion in 2026/27 to fund local
infrastructure projects, a real terms increase of £0.41 billion from the
previous year. The Accounts Commission’s 2024/25 Financial bulletin 
on councils explains how councils are relying more on borrowing to
finance projects with debt repayment costs putting pressure on future
revenue budgets.
Page 112

Page 113

2. Council budgets 25
58. Four councils say they are planning an innovative approach to fund
local infrastructure projects in 2026/27, including:
• Angus Council set aside £0.75 million as part of its 2026/27 council
tax increase to cover loan repayments and interest. This increases
the council’s ability to borrow money for capital investment with an
additional £16 million of spending planned through an Angus Public
Infrastructure Fund.
• South Lanarkshire Council is investing £2 million to cover the
upfront costs of creating commercial spaces for local organisations.
This funding allows the council to access more than £11 million of
total investment in commercial properties, which will be paid for
over time through rental income. 
All councils that own housing are investing in new
builds
59. Twenty-six councils own and maintain council housing. Councils
are required to have a Housing Revenue Account (HRA) to record all
income and expenditure for the direct provision of housing services.
Councils are committing a combined £1.5 billion from their capital budgets
to the HRA in 2026/27, a £20.8 million (1.4 per cent) real terms increase
compared to the previous year. Despite this, nine councils are reducing
capital funding to their HRA in 2026/27.
60. Borrowing is the major source of finance for councils’ HRA capital
budgets, accounting for around 74 per cent in 2026/27. This is a slightly
higher proportion than in 2025/26. Higher borrowing increases the
pressures on future HRA revenue budgets because councils must set
aside funding to cover debt repayment costs.
61. HRA funding allows councils to progress their local housing priorities.
• All councils with an HRA are planning expenditure on new builds
in 2026/27. Councils expect to spend £0.66 billion on new housing
this year, a real terms increase of £74.5 million (12.8 per cent)
compared to 2025/26.
• Councils are planning to increase spending in real terms on
refurbishment and repair and maintenance costs by £23.1 million
(3.1 per cent) between 2025/26 and 2026/27.
• Councils are also planning around £113 million in other areas of
expenditure, such as buying back former council housing.
62. The Auditor General and Accounts Commission are undertaking
a report on housing services across Scotland. This report is due for
publication in early 2027.
The Housing
Revenue Account
(HRA) is a ring-fenced
account relating
to local authority
housing. The HRA
is intended to record
expenditure and
income on running a
council’s own housing
stock and closely
related services or
facilities, which are
provided primarily
for the benefit of the
council’s own tenants.
Page 113

Page 114

2. Council budgets 26
Exhibit 8. 
Sources of capital budgets for 2025/26 and 2026/27
Borrowing is the main way that councils fund capital projects.
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
Other
Developer contributions
Capital receipts
Internal revenue funding
Specific Capital Grants
General Capital Grants
Borrowing
£ billion
2025/26 2026/27
1.9%
5.3%
3.3%
2.4%
2.6%
2.5%
2.4%
2.0%
7.0%
6.9%
64.4%
70.6%
16.4%
General Fund
12.3%
0.0 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.0 1.25
Other
Developer contributions
Capital receipts
Internal revenue funding
Specific Capital Grants
General Capital Grants
Borrowing
£ billion
2025/26 2026/27
0.1%
4.4%
2.1%
0.1%
2.8%
2.2%
71.8%
1.4%
2.2%
HRA
73.9%
10.2%
10.8%
9.3%
8.8%
Note: Figures for 2025/26 have been adjusted into 2026/27 prices using the March 2026 GDP deflators.
Capital receipts are income councils generate from selling existing assets.
Source: Council data returns
Page 114

Page 115

2. Council budgets 27
Councils are considering a range of issues to set
balanced budgets in the future
63. Councils are anticipating that funding pressures will continue in the
medium term, reflecting projected spending levels set out in the Scottish
Spending Review (paragraph 22). In projecting future revenue budget
gaps, councils have considered and made assumptions about a range of
funding and cost pressures (Exhibit 9, page 28).
Page 115

Page 116

2. Council budgets 28
Exhibit 9. 
Factors considered by councils when projecting future revenue 
budget gaps
Source: Council data returns
Considerations
Pay
settlements
All councils considered current and future pay settlements, with assumed
increases ranging from two to 3.5 per cent. Around one third of councils
assumed a pay increase of three per cent.
Pension
contributions
Fewer than half of councils considered potential changes to employer pension
contributions. Where these were considered, most councils assumed no
imminent change. The most recent Scottish Local Government Pension Scheme
triennial valuation was undertaken in March 2026 and will set contribution rates
from 1 April 2027 onwards.
Inflation Most councils took account of general and service specific inflationary pressures,
particularly in relation to contracts and energy or wider utility costs.
Demand More than two-thirds of councils factored in service demand, with some
assuming increased demand in future years. While the scale varied across
councils, many highlighted growing pressures in social care, homelessness 
and Additional Support Needs.
Council Tax More than two-thirds of councils considered future changes to council tax rates.
Of these, around half assumed increases ranging from two to ten per cent in
2027/28, and from one to seven per cent in 2028/29. Some anticipated higher
council tax income due to an increase in the number of taxable properties.
Non-Domestic
Rates
Approximately one-third of councils considered potential changes to Non Domestic
Rates (NDR). Some councils that did not factor in changes noted that NDR decisions
are determined by the Scottish Government and are therefore outside local control.
Fees & charges More than two-thirds of councils considered changes to fees and charges. Some
councils applied inflationary uplifts, typically between two and six per cent, while
others assumed no increases.
Borrowing /
debt
Most councils considered the cost of borrowing and debt servicing, based
on expected loan repayments, interest rate assumptions and agreed capital
investment plans. These costs are generally incorporated within longer-term
financial plans, with additional borrowing costs reflected in annual budgets.
Reserves More than two-thirds of councils considered their level and use of reserves. Some
assumed little or no use of general fund reserves to balance budgets. Where reserves
are used, councils typically draw on specific earmarked funds and apply controls,
such as spreading the impact over time or restricting use to short-term pressures.
Savings More than half of councils considered the risk of savings plans not being fully
delivered. While councils acknowledged that failure to achieve planned savings
could affect services, most assumed that approved savings would be delivered
in full, or that alternative measures would be identified where necessary.
Page 116

Page 117

2. Council budgets 29
64. We reported in the Local Government: Financial bulletin 2024/25
that a number of earlier Private Finance Initiative (PFI) contracts are
now nearing expiry, with councils actively preparing for, or managing,
complex contract exit arrangements. While councils have not generally
made assumptions about PFI handback implications, a sample review
indicates that councils are considering these risks during budget setting.
This includes keeping money aside to cover unitary charges, and in
some cases, setting aside funds to cover potential property repair and
maintenance costs.
Councils are continuing to forecast budget gaps over
the short term
65. Given the ongoing public sector financial pressures (paragraph 22),
councils are projecting they will continue to have gaps in their revenue
budgets; £486.9 million in 2027/28 and £476.6 million in 2028/29. 
Exhibit 10, (page 30) sets out projected gaps across all councils. There
are differences in the way councils’ approach and present their budget
and identify budget gaps including when saving measures are agreed 
so figures may not be directly comparable.
66. Although some pressures in these forecasts are expected to be
resolved or reduce over time, councils still face a combined revenue gap
of £964 million across the next two years. To bridge this shortfall, they will
need to raise additional income, identify further savings, or rethink how –
and what – services they deliver.
Page 117

Page 118

2. Council budgets 30
Councils
Budget gap
2027/28
£ million
Budget gap
2028/29
£ million
Cumulative gap
to 2028/29
£ million
Cumulative gap
as % of 2026/27
General Fund
revenue budget
Highland 4.8 0.8 5.7 0.7%
West Lothian 11.5 - 11.5 1.8%
South Lanarkshire 9.7 19.5 29.2 2.7%
City of Edinburgh 11.8 31.4 43.2 2.8%
Dundee City 7.8 7.1 15.0 2.9%
Fife 8.5 26.6 35.1 2.9%
Perth and Kinross 5.2 10.6 15.9 3.0%
Falkirk 9.4 5.9 15.3 3.0%
Renfrewshire 4.6 16.2 20.7 3.3%
Moray 2.9 7.4 10.3 3.3%
Angus 5.2 8.6 13.7 3.5%
East Renfrewshire 8.0 5.2 13.2 3.6%
North Ayrshire 9.0 9.2 18.3 3.8%
East Ayrshire 6.0 12.0 18.0 3.9%
South Ayrshire 9.9 6.4 16.3 4.1%
Inverclyde 5.2 6.2 11.5 4.2%
North Lanarkshire 26.0 25.4 51.3 4.3%
Argyll and Bute 10.2 5.6 15.8 4.4%
East Lothian 10.5 8.4 18.9 5.0%
Scottish Borders 11.9 9.8 21.7 5.2%
Dumfries and Galloway 13.9 14.1 28.0 5.4%
Stirling 8.1 10.2 18.3 5.7%
Midlothian 13.5 9.3 22.8 6.7%
Eilean Siar 3.6 6.0 9.6 6.8%
Aberdeen City 30.2 18.5 48.7 7.0%
Glasgow City 95.3 72.0 167.3 7.5%
Clackmannanshire 10.1 3.5 13.6 7.5%
West Dunbartonshire 10.9 14.3 25.2 7.7%
Aberdeenshire 42.4 28.3 70.6 8.2%
East Dunbartonshire 23.1 22.2 45.2 11.8%
Orkney Islands 21.0 23.1 44.1 28.7%
Shetland Islands 36.9 32.8 69.7 37.4%
Scotland 486.9 476.6 963.5 5.1%
Exhibit 10.
Councils’ projected budget gaps to 2027/28 and 2028/29
The cumulative projected budget gap to 2028/29 is almost £1 billion.
Note: A detailed 2028/29 budget gap is not currently available for West Lothian Council. Shetland and
Orkney hold significant reserves related to oil and gas harbour activity and are outliers due to their use
of these reserves.
Source: Council data returns
Page 118

Page 119

313. Consulting with communities
3. Consulting with
communities
As councils continue to make challenging budget decisions,
they must ensure the communities affected are fairly and
consistently consulted.
While the majority of councils consulted on their
2026/27 budgets, there is variation in how effectively
they are consulting with communities
67. Councils must effectively consult with residents in helping to identify
ways to address their funding pressures. As demand for services grows
and resources become constrained, it is important that councils explain
the difficult decisions they must make, including how public funds are
used to maintain and improve services, and how they are protecting
essential services.
68. Twenty-seven councils consulted with residents on their 2026/27
budget. Most councils consulted clearly with residents on the funding
pressures they are facing and on possible actions to close their budget
gap. Councils commonly sought views on priority areas and presented
savings options and potential income-generation measures to address
financial pressures.
69. There was some variation in how councils consulted on their 2026/27
budgets, but most did so through online public consultations and
surveys. Some councils also used community engagement methods
such as community meetings, roadshows or workshops. Some councils
provided evidence of new ways they undertook engagement as part of
their 2026/27 budget-setting process, examples include:
• South Lanarkshire Council consulted separately with children and
young people on budget proposals. Recognising that the views
of young people are often missed in normal budget consultation
processes.
• Angus Council changed their approach to allow more open
comments on specific services and budget areas, gathering more
in-depth qualitative feedback than before. In addition, QR codes
were added to posters to make it easier for people to access online
surveys directly.
Page 119

Page 120

3. Consulting with communities 32
• Officers and elected members from Scottish Borders Council ran
targeted consultation exercises with community groups and the
public, including within schools, supermarkets and colleges. This
allowed for more face-to-face engagement with people who may
not normally complete online consultations. Facilitated sessions
were also held with groups who are less frequently represented
in formal consultation exercises to ensure their views were also
included. These are often missed in standard consultations.
70. Councils should use a range of methods to engage and consult
with stakeholders, as this helps ensure wider participation in ways
that are accessible and meaningful, including people whose voices are
under-represented, and reduces the risk that any groups or individuals
are excluded. High levels of engagement and participation lead to
better informed decision-making by ensuring a wide range of views
and experiences are considered. Councils also need to ensure they are
transparent, as part of their engagement, about why they have made
decisions, especially when these decisions directly affect communities.
71. Councils should also consult with a wide range of stakeholders on
their budget decisions, allowing them to better understand the impact
decisions have on different groups. There was variation in how councils
consulted with established groups on their 2026/27 budget proposals.
Twenty-nine (of 31) councils engaged with their local IJBs as part of
their budget setting process, and more than half (17) engaged with
Community Planning Partnerships. Other stakeholder groups councils
engaged with include:
• Staff, unions and communities – engagement most commonly
focused on internal stakeholders and local communities, with 26
councils engaging with staff and trade unions, 23 involving tenants
and residents’ associations, and 22 engaging with community
groups.
• Children, young people and families – most councils sought views
from families and young people, with 19 councils engaging with
children and young people (including school pupils) and 16 engaging
with parent councils.
• Business and other stakeholders – 15 councils engaged with the
business community and seven councils engaged with other users
of services or stakeholders, including third-sector partners and
charities such as Women’s Aid.
72. A review of a sample of council budget consultation documents
shows residents expressing strong support towards protecting frontline
services. Residents highlight the importance of protecting education,
social care, children and family services, and libraries, leisure, and wider
community facilities.
Page 120

Page 121

3. Consulting with communities 33
73. Across budget consultations, councils explain that limited and often
ring-fenced funding, especially for statutory services like education and
social care, means that protecting these areas may lead to reductions,
service changes, closures to non-statutory or discretionary services, 
or higher charges elsewhere.
74. Councils included budget proposals that would reduce access to key
local facilities, such as leisure centres or libraries, or lowering educational
or social care support. These proposals were developed during budget
consultations and prior to final funding settlements, reflecting the range
of savings options councils were considering at the time. As funding
settlements were finalised and public consultations considered, there 
are examples of councils scaling back on proposals or abandoning 
them altogether:
• Stirling Council – rejected savings proposals that would have a
greater impact on families and vulnerable groups.
• Inverclyde Council – withdrew plans for savings to libraries,
swimming pools, and community safety teams after feedback 
from residents.
• Argyll and Bute Council – councillors rejected savings proposals that
would have reduced library and leisure services.
• Fife Council – prioritised protecting vital services, supporting
vulnerable residents, and investing in education and anti-poverty
initiatives.
Councils are using Equality Impact Assessments to
understand the effect budget decisions may have on
their communities
75. Public bodies use Equality Impact Assessments (EIAs) to understand
the potential impact from new policies or budget decisions on
individuals with protected characteristics. EIAs help identify ways to
advance equality and highlight potential discrimination. Public bodies
must complete an EIA whenever introducing a new policy or making a
strategic decision that impacts on different groups. Public bodies must
do this early in the process to allow the findings to shape the decision-
making process.
76. Councils must complete an EIA to understand how their budget
decisions may affect groups and communities, particularly those with
protected characteristics under the Equality Act 2010. This becomes
even more important as councils continue to face significant financial
pressures, including reducing services. Thirty-one (of 32) councils carried
out EIAs. The Accounts Commission’s Spotlight on culture and leisure
services found the quality of EIAs varies when councils are making
changes to services that impact on communities.
Page 121

Page 122

3. Consulting with communities 34
77. The Accounts Commission explained within last year’s budget
bulletin its expectations around councils fully and transparently explaining
the impact budget decisions may have on those with a protected
characteristic. This information, including the actions to mitigate potential
discrimination, should be clearly accessible for everyone.
Page 122

Page 123

Appendix 1 35
Appendix 1
Councils’ 2026/27 revenue budgets, budget gaps, approved
savings and other budget measures  
Councils
General Fund
revenue budget
2026/27 
£ million
Budget 
gap 
2026/27
£ million
Approved
savings 
2026/27 
£ million
Other 
measures
2026/27
£ million
Aberdeen City 697.2 11.0 3.5 11.1
Aberdeenshire 866.2 19.2 9.3 10.3
Angus 388.1 13.9 5.3 8.6
Argyll and Bute 362.0 14.9 6.1 8.8
City of Edinburgh 1,534.5 27.9 20.0 31.3
Clackmannanshire 181.2 7.0 3.6 3.4
Dumfries and Galloway 515.8 12.5 4.2 8.3
Dundee City 521.3 5.0 0.8 6.6
East Ayrshire 460.2 9.5 3.5 6.1
East Dunbartonshire 381.8 23.7 4.1 19.6
East Lothian 379.9 3.5 1.4 2.1
East Renfrewshire 363.1 8.7 3.2 5.5
Eilean Siar 140.8 5.0 0.4 4.6
Falkirk 508.4 14.5 10.2 7.1
Fife 1,205.3 3.6 0.1 14.1
Glasgow City 2,233.8 86.7 31.9 71.7
Highland 868.0 23.4 5.4 18.1
Inverclyde 276.6 4.0 0.6 3.5
Midlothian 340.7 13.3 0.6 12.7
Moray 311.7 10.6 4.2 6.3
North Ayrshire 486.1 17.8 0.2 17.5
North Lanarkshire 1,182.6 19.3 9.2 22.0
Orkney Islands 153.3 21.3 0.2 21.1
Perth and Kinross 533.8 20.7 8.8 12.4
Renfrewshire 630.9 5.0 2.4 10.7
Scottish Borders 418.0 16.3 7.6 8.7
Shetland Islands 186.5 43.7 0.0 43.7
South Ayrshire 398.1 20.7 9.4 11.3
South Lanarkshire 1,086.7 -1.5 4.2 11.5
Stirling 323.0 11.4 5.5 6.0
West Dunbartonshire 325.7 15.9 5.4 10.5
West Lothian 634.6 20.2 8.5 11.7
Scotland 18,895.8 528.6 179.6 446.8
Note: The approach councils take to budget setting, defining budget gaps and the measures taken to
address these gaps varies across councils therefore caution should be taken when comparing councils.
In each council, the sum of approved savings and other measures may be greater than the budget
gap; budgets may also include measures to fund additional investment or increase reserves. Approved
savings include both recurring and non-recurring savings. Other measures include increases to council
tax, increases to income, use of reserves and other actions, as set out in Exhibit 6.
Page 123

Page 124

Appendix 2 36
Appendix 2
Progress against the expectations in the Local Government
Budgets 2025/26
Councils should: Progress/ status
In future, we expect to see councils encourage more active participation in the budget-setting
process by ensuring that:
Budget papers and financial monitoring reports
provided to elected members include clear
and understandable headline figures that state
the impact of specific budget decisions on the
overall financial position of the council
Mixed progress
There is mixed progress in how effectively
councils are presenting key financial information in
budgetary reports that are also publicly available.
Budgets should link back to the council’s
corporate plan to allow elected members to
make spending choices better informed by, 
and based upon, the council’s priorities
Progress
Thirty-one councils linked their 2026/27 budget
back to its corporate plan. Linking key financial plans
back to corporate plans ensures that resources
are targeted towards key strategic priorities.
Fundamental information, such as the forecast
budget gap, is clearly presented as part of the
consultation process with residents
Progress
A sample review of budget consultations
indicates most councils clearly identify their
budget gaps, with some also providing detail
over multiple financial years.
Estimated costings of how specific proposals
will contribute to managing the budget gap
are made available to residents, including the
potential contribution of any proposed increase
to council tax and the anticipated impact on
levels of service delivery
Progress
A sample review indicates that most councils
make estimated costings available for proposed
measures, including indicative savings or income
from council tax increases, with high-level
information on the anticipated impact on service
delivery, though the level of detail can vary.
General public consultations are supplemented
by targeted consultations with groups most
impacted by changes to specific services and
that consideration is given to how to encourage
participation
Mixed progress
Thirty councils consulted to some extent on their
2026/27 budget. Most councils consulted with
local IJBs and residents on budget proposals,
but there is a mixed approach in how councils
engaged with targeted groups.
The ongoing impact of budget decisions are
fully assessed, including through Equality Impact
Assessments, to enable elected members to
make informed decisions.
Progress
Thirty-one councils confirmed they carried out
an EQIA on their 2026/27 budgets. EQIAs are
a statutory requirement to ensure decision-
makers are aware of the impact on groups with
a protected characteristic.
Page 124

Page 125

Audit Scotland 4th Floor 102 West Port Edinburgh EH3 9DN
Phone: 0131 625 1500
www.audit.scot
ISBN 978 1 918486 10 0 
Bulletin
Local government
budgets 2026/27
Page 125

Page 126

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 127

Quality of public
audit in Scotland
Annual report 2025/26 
Page 127

Page 128

Quality of public audit in Scotland: Annual report 2025/26 | 2 
Contents 
Key messages 3
Introduction 5
1. Ethics 6
2. Audit delivery 7
3. Quality standards 16
4. Quality results 18
5. Audit quality survey 27
6. Other measures 32
Appendix 35 
Accessibility
You can find out more and read this report using assistive technology on
our website www.audit.scot/accessibility.
Page 128

Page 129

Key messages | 3 
Key messages 
1 Our external and internal quality reviews found that all performance audits
that were assessed demonstrated high levels of compliance with international
auditing standards. This evidences that performance audit methodologies are
operating well, and audit staff are consistently delivering high-quality audits.
All performance audit outputs were delivered on time in accordance with the
scheduled work programme.
2 Our external and internal quality reviews found that 86 per cent of financial
audits (annual audits) that were assessed were of good quality with high
levels of compliance with auditing standards, and audit staff are delivering
high-quality audits.
3 Auditors are demonstrating that significant issues raised by previous external
and internal quality reviews are being fully addressed. 
4 All auditors confirmed that they have systems in place to comply with
International Standard for Quality Management 1 (ISQM1) and that they
comply with ethical requirements. 
5 Auditors have maintained performance in the number of financial audits
delivered or expected to be delivered by target dates (55 per cent for 2023/24
and 2024/25 audits) and a further eight per cent of 2024/25 audits have been
completed more than a month earlier than the previous year (nine per cent for
2023/24 audits). Although audit delivery by target dates in 2024/25 was not
an improvement on 2023/24, this was significantly due to auditors prioritising
larger audits (such as local government councils) as part of a deliberate
approach to return to target dates over the course of the appointment.
6 Audit delivery remains a key area of management focus, particularly
improving delivery in the local government sector. For context, delivery has
remained stable or improved across most sectors, with the exception of
central government: 
Page 129

Page 130

Key messages | 4 
• Delivery in local government by target date improved to 45 per cent. Of the
68 local government bodies that did not meet the target date, 42 were
completed within three months of that date. A total of 79 per cent of local
government audits (97 out of 123) were therefore completed by the end of
the 2025 calendar year.
• Of the 43 central government bodies that did not meet target dates, 39
were completed by the statutory deadline for laying the accounts in
Parliament of 31 December 2025. This meant that 95 per cent (78 out of
82) of accounts that require to be laid in Parliament met the statutory date. 
• NHS audits have maintained strong delivery performance at 91 per cent.
• Delivery of further education audits has improved significantly, increasing
to 90 per cent meeting target dates. 
7 Auditors are planning to meet target dates for 74 per cent of 2025/26 financial
audits. Audit Scotland has developed an escalation procedure to support the
audits most at risk of missing their target delivery dates returning back on
course. The number of audits delivered on time should approach expected
performance levels by the end of the appointment period in 2026/27, provided
that appropriate quality and timely financial reporting and support is provided
by public bodies and no significant new obstacles arise.
8 Stakeholder perceptions on the quality and usefulness of annual audits and
performance audit outputs indicates that auditors are performing their work to
a good level. 
9 Annual audit plans and annual audit reports demonstrated a high level of
compliance with the Code of Audit Practice 2021 and related guidance. 
Page 130

Page 131

Introduction | 5 
Introduction 
1.  The Auditor General for Scotland and Accounts Commission published
a revised Audit Quality Framework (AQF) in 2024. This sets out Audit
Scotland's approach to achieving high-quality public audit across all audit
work and providers. The Audit Quality and Appointments (AQA) team
prepares this report to provide assurance on audit quality, including
compliance with the Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical Standard, to the
Auditor General for Scotland and the Accounts Commission. AQA does not
conduct audit work and is independent from auditors.
2.  This report is based on the Audit Quality Indicators (AQIs) from the
AQF. The AQF set AQIs with targets, which are used as thresholds to
prompt further investigation. This report includes the results of each AQI
and, where the AQI is not met, AQA’s assessment of the circumstances
and what AQA and audit providers are doing to secure continuous
improvement.
Public audit in Scotland
3.  The Auditor General for Scotland and the Accounts Commission set out
the principles and themes of public audit in Scotland and how it fits with,
and responds to, the public policy environment in Scotland in Public audit
in Scotland 2023–28. They also set out the scope for public audit for
auditors to follow in the Code of Audit Practice 2021 (the Code).
4.  The public audit model in Scotland includes a series of controls to
reduce threats to auditor independence. These include the independent
appointment of auditors by the Auditor General for Scotland and Accounts
Commission, rotation of auditors every five years, independent fee-setting
arrangements, independent approval procedures for any non-audit
services work and a comprehensive AQF.
Audit Scotland and appointed firms
5.  Public audit is conducted by Audit Scotland auditors and appointed
firms who are subject to an open and rigorous procurement process.
Approximately two-thirds of financial and Best Value annual audit work is
carried out by Audit Services Group, with the remaining third conducted by
appointed firms. The firms appointed are Azets Audit Services, Deloitte,
EY, Forvis Mazars, Grant Thornton and KPMG. Performance audit and
additional Best Value work is carried out by Audit Scotland auditors. This
report provides an assessment of the quality of all audit providers. 
Page 131

Page 132

1. Ethics | 6 
1. Ethics 
Compliance with ethical standards
Introduction
6.  All auditors must comply with the FRC's Ethical Standard and the Code
to avoid any actual or perceived conflicts of interest. Audit Scotland and
appointed firms are required to confirm their compliance with the Ethical
Standard annually.
7.  Audit Scotland monitors the scope and value of any non-audit services
(NAS) which could compromise the auditor’s independence and
scrutinises all applications to carry out NAS.
Findings
Audit quality indicator 1: Percentage of audit providers
confirming compliance with ethical requirements
Target: 100 per cent
Actual performance: 100 per cent
8.  All auditors confirmed that they complied with ethical requirements.
9.  Auditors carried out permitted NAS to the value of £25,000 during the
2024/25 audits. This equates to 0.09 per cent of the total fees. This
compares to £23,000 which equated to 0.08 per cent of total fees during
2023/24 audits.
10.  AQA only approved work that clearly complied with the Ethical
Standard and the Code. 
Conclusion
Auditors complied with their ethical requirements, so no conflicts of
interest arose when carrying out their audits.
Page 132

Page 133

2. Audit delivery | 7 
2. Audit delivery
Monitoring of audit outputs against target dates
Introduction
11.  Audit Scotland sets target dates for key milestones and audit
completion to ensure that audits are completed in a timely manner. Audit
Scotland expects auditors to do all they can to meet the targets but also
recognises that there may be events beyond auditors’ control that result in
the targets being missed. Audit Scotland recognises the need to balance
delivery recovery while maintaining audit quality, protecting staff wellbeing,
and preserving relationships with audited bodies. Achieving timely audit
completion is a shared responsibility between auditors and audited bodies,
supported by effective collaboration.
12.  The target is for key milestones and audit completion to be delivered
on time or improving. The pandemic caused audits to be delayed, and
auditors are working to get back to target dates, so we consider audits that
were completed less than 11 months after the previous year’s audit is
concluded to be improving.
13.  The Auditor General for Scotland and Accounts Commission have a
work programme that covers a range of public sector bodies and services.
The Auditor General for Scotland and Accounts Commission review the
work programme quarterly to ensure it remains relevant, focused, and up
to date and reflects their strategic priorities.
Findings
Audit quality indicator 2: Percentage of audits meeting key
planning milestones by the target date, ie annual audit plan is
submitted by target date
Target: 100 per cent on time or improving
Actual performance: 84 per cent
14.  A total of 178 of 213 (84 per cent) 2025/26 annual audit plans due by
31 March 2026 were submitted by the target date (80 per cent in 2024/25).
This failed to meet the target. Annual audit plans for further education are
due by 30 June 2026.
15.  Of the 35 audits where the annual audit plan was not prepared by the
target date:
Page 133

Page 134

2. Audit delivery | 8 
• 18 were for bodies where the late completion of the 2024/25 audit
contributed to the delay
• four were for bodies where the 2024/25 audit was not yet complete
• six were due to an administrative delay
• three were due to prioritisation of other audits
• two were due to audit staff availability
• two were because it is the first year’s audit for the body.
Audit quality indicator 3: Percentage of audits completed by the
target date
Target: 100 per cent on time or improving
Actual performance: 63 per cent
16.  Overall, 55 per cent of 2024/25 audits were completed by the target
date (55 per cent in 2023/24) (Exhibit 1). A further eight per cent of audits
that were completed after target dates were completed less than
11 months after the previous year’s audit (nine per cent 2023/24)
(Exhibits 1 and 2, page 9). This resulted in 63 per cent of 2024/25 audits
being on time or improving (64 per cent in 2023/24), below the target. 
17.  Further analysis shows 64 per cent of Audit Services Group audits
were delivered by target dates and 40 per cent of firm audits were
delivered by target dates. A further two per cent of Audit Services Group
audits and a further 17 per cent of firm audits completed after target dates
were finalised less than 11 months after the previous year’s audit.
Exhibits 1 to 4 on the following pages provide more analysis on audit
delivery based on the performance of all auditors combined.
Page 134

Page 135

2. Audit delivery | 9 
Exhibit 1
Audit delivery by target dates is increasing or remaining stable in all sectors apart from
Central government
Percentage of audits completed by target dates analysed by sector and year. 
Source: Audited accounts
Exhibit 2
An additional eight per cent of audits are making progress to get back to target dates
Percentage of 2024/25 audits on time and making progress analysed by sector. 
Source: Audited accounts
91%
90%
55%
51%
45%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
2021/22 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25
NHS
Further education
All
Central government
Local government
45%
91%
51%
90%
55%
15%
10%
8%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
Local
government
NHS Central
government
Further
education
All
On time Making progress
Page 135

Page 136

2. Audit delivery | 10 
Exhibit 3
2024/25 audits 
Number of 2024/25 audits completed analysed by sector.
Sector Local
government NHS Central
government
Further
education All
Number of audits 123 23 87 20 253
Audits completed
by target date 55 21 44 18 138
Audits late and
making progress 19 0 0 2 21
Audits late and not
making progress 49 2 43 0 94
Source: Audit Scotland
18.  Although delivery has not progressed as much as planned, delivery
has remained stable or improved across most sectors. The Central
government (CG) sector is the exception, with a decline in the number of
audits meeting target dates (51 per cent in 2024/25 compared to
60 per cent in 2023/24). 
19.  It is important to note that the delivery target dates for CG bodies
are 31 August for CG agencies and non-ministerial departments and
31 October for CG NDPBs and similar bodies. These target dates fall
before the statutory deadline of 31 December. Of the 82 sets of accounts
that require to be laid in Parliament, 95 per cent (78 of 82) were completed
by the statutory deadline for laying. Three of these audits were completed
in January 2026 and one was completed in March 2026. All four audits
were delayed due to finance staff availability at the audited bodies.
20.  The main reasons for the 43 CG audits that were late and not making
progress were as follows:
• 14 were due to prioritisation of other audits (paragraph 31).
This prioritisation was used as part of a deliberate planned
approach to return to target dates over the course of the
appointment. 
• Seven were due to board dates set after the deadline.
• Seven were due to delays in receiving pension information.
• Five were due to finance staff availability at the audited body. 
Page 136

Page 137

2. Audit delivery | 11 
21.  Delivery in local government by target date improved to 45 per cent
(42 per cent in 2023/24). A further 15 per cent of local government audits
were making progress when compared to delivery in 2023/24
(14 per cent). There has been an increase in the number of council audits
meeting target dates in 2024/25 compared to 2023/24, as auditors are
prioritising these larger audits.
22.  Of the 68 local government bodies that did not meet the target date,
42 were completed within three months of that date. A total of 79 per cent
of local government audits (97 out of 123) were therefore completed by
the end of the 2025 calendar year. The main reasons for local government
audits being completed after this date, or yet to be completed, are late
prior year sign offs and delays in receiving information from finance teams.
NHS audits have maintained strong delivery performance at 91 per cent
(91 per cent in 2023/24). Delivery of further education audits has improved
significantly, increasing to 90 per cent meeting target dates (70 per cent in
2023/24). 
23.  There remains one 2022/23 audit (of a small audited body) that is not
complete. The auditor is working with the body to complete the 2022/23,
2023/24 and 2024/25 audits as a single batch during the summer of 2026.
24.  There is one further outstanding 2023/24 audit, relating to one council.
The delay is due to challenges with the implementation of a new financial
ledger. The auditor expects to sign off this audit in summer 2026 and is
working with the public body to progress audit delivery for the remainder of
their appointment. 
25.  For 2024/25 audits, 12 audits remain incomplete and are delayed by
more than nine months beyond the target date. All of the outstanding
audits are local government audits. 
Page 137

Page 138

2. Audit delivery | 12 
Exhibit 4
2024/25 audits
Number of 2024/25 audits completed late or still outstanding, analysed by sign-off timescales.
Sector NHS CG
agencies
CG
NDPBs Councils IJBs Other LG FE All
<1
month 1 1 7  1 3  13
1–2
months 1 7 17 1 3 6 1 36
2–3
months  3 3 5 4 15  30
3–6
months  4 1 4 2 8 1 20
6–9
months    2  2  4
>9
months    5 2 5  12
Source: Audit Scotland
26.  Based on auditor plans to deliver their 2025/26 audits and best
estimates of future progress, 94 per cent of audits should return to
expected dates by 2026/27 provided that no significant new obstacles
arise. Auditors and audited bodies must continue to work collaboratively to
progress delayed audits.
27.  Audits failed to meet target dates or make progress for a variety of
reasons. Often there are multiple causes for delays. Where there is a
delay, it can lead to circumstances that cause further delays. Of the
94 audits that were late and not making progress, 37 were primarily due to
the auditor, 35 were primarily due to the body and 22 were beyond the
control of either. 
28.  Of the 37 (40 per cent) audits delayed primarily because of the auditor,
28 were because auditors prioritised other audits, eight were because of
audit staff availability and one was because of an unplanned engagement
quality review. 
29.  Of the 35 (37 per cent) audits delayed primarily because of the body,
the primary reasons are shown in Exhibit 5 (page 13).
Page 138

Page 139

2. Audit delivery | 13 
Exhibit 5
Audit amendments
Primary reasons for delays to audits that failed to meet target dates or make progress caused
by audited bodies. 
Source: Audit Scotland
30.  Of the 22 (23 per cent) audits delayed by reasons beyond the control
of both the auditor and the audited body, 12 were because of delays the
year before and ten were because auditors were unable to obtain audit
information from bodies other than the audited body. For example, a delay
in receiving pension information. 
31.  The largest single cause of delays was from auditors prioritising other
larger audits. Audit Services Group and Grant Thornton used this as part
of a planned approach to return to target dates over the course of the
appointment. This is a reasonable approach to balance the need to
recover to target dates with delivering high-quality audit and maintain
staff wellbeing. 
32.  In autumn 2025, AQA developed an escalation procedure to support
the delivery of audits for the Auditor General for Scotland and the
Accounts Commission. The escalation procedure is designed to enable
proportionate and appropriate intervention to support the return of audits
to delivery by target dates by the end of this appointment round. 
33.  These escalation steps have been applied to the audits that are most
at risk of missing their target delivery dates. This is reported as part of
AQA’s audit delivery reporting to the Executive Team.
34.  Auditors will continue to work closely with audited bodies to prioritise
and reprioritise audit work as required – for example, reallocating
resources when there are delays in responses from audited bodies due to
unexpected complexities or difficulties with staffing. 
10
Board date set
after deadline
9
Late providing
audit evidence
7
Audit
amendments
9
Finance staff
availability
Page 139

Page 140

2. Audit delivery | 14 
Audit quality indicator 4: Percentage of performance audit
outputs published as planned per Audit Scotland’s work
programme
Target: 90 per cent
Actual performance: 100 per cent
35.  A total of 37 of 37 (100 per cent, 87 per cent 2024/25) performance
audit outputs were published as planned during the year 2025/26, meeting
the target (Exhibit 6).
Exhibit 6
2025/26 performance audit outputs
Number of 2025/26 performance audit outputs published on time or late by type. 
Source: Audit Scotland
36.  The Auditor General and Controller of Audit published ten statutory
reports in 2025/26, all within the statutory laying date. 
10
14
6 6
3
7 7
3
1
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
National
reports
24/25
National
reports
25/26
Best Value
24/25
Best Value
25/26
Briefings
24/25
Briefings
25/26
Blogs
24/25
Blogs
25/26
On time Late
Page 140

Page 141

2. Audit delivery | 15 
Conclusion
Auditors have maintained performance in the number of financial audits
delivered or expected to be delivered by target dates (55 per cent for
2023/24 and 2024/25 audits) and a further eight per cent of 2024/25
audits have been completed more than a month earlier than the
previous year (nine per cent for 2023/24 audits). Although audit delivery
by target dates in 2024/25 was not an improvement on 2023/24, this
was significantly due to auditors prioritising larger audits (such as local
government councils) as part of a deliberate approach to return to target
dates over the course of the appointment.
Audit delivery remains a key area of management focus, particularly
improving delivery in the local government sector. Delivery has
remained stable or improved across most sectors, with the exception of
central government.
We anticipate that the number of financial audits delivered on time
should approach expected performance levels by the end of the
appointment round in 2026/27, provided that appropriate quality and
timely financial reporting and support is provided by public bodies and
no new significant obstacles arise. 
Auditors completed their planning for 2025/26 annual audits by the
target date or shortly afterwards where this was reasonably possible.
All performance audit outputs were delivered on time. 
Audit Scotland actions
AQA will continue to monitor auditors’ plans to improve delivery
performance and apply the escalation procedure where necessary. 
Audit Scotland has developed an escalation procedure to support the
audits most at risk of missing their target delivery dates back on course.
AQA will continue to discuss how the most delayed audits can be
brought back to expected dates with both bodies and auditors. 
Page 141

Page 142

3. Quality standards | 16 
3. Quality standards
Compliance with relevant quality standards
Introduction
37.  Audit Scotland requires auditors to comply with the International
Standard for Quality Management 1 (UK) (ISQM1). This requires auditors
to annually evaluate their System of Quality Management (SoQM) and
conclude whether the SoQM provides individuals with reasonable
assurance that the following objectives are being achieved:
• Auditors and personnel fulfil their responsibilities in accordance with
professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory
requirements, and conduct engagements in accordance with such
standards and requirements.
• Engagement reports issued by auditors are appropriate in the
circumstances.
Findings
Audit quality indicator 5: Percentage of audit providers
confirming compliance with ISQM1 system of quality
management requirements
Target: 100 per cent
Actual performance: 100 per cent
38.  All auditors confirmed that they complied with ISQM1 system of quality
management (SoQM) requirements. This includes completing an annual
evaluation of the SoQM.
39.  Five out of seven auditors (Azets, ASG, Deloitte, Grant Thornton
KPMG) concluded that the SoQM provides reasonable assurance that the
objectives of the system are being achieved. Two auditors (EY and Forvis
Mazars) stated that their annual evaluation of their systems of quality
management also provide reasonable assurance, except for specific
matters that required to be addressed.
Page 142

Page 143

3. Quality standards | 17 
40.  EY concluded that their ‘SoQM provides reasonable assurance except
for two matters related to identified deficiencies, that had a severe but not
pervasive effect on the design, implementation and operation of the
SoQM’.1 
41.  Forvis Mazars concluded that ‘except for matters related to
deficiencies that have a severe but not pervasive effect on the design,
implementation and operation of the SoQM, the SoQM provides the firm
with reasonable assurance that the objectives of the SoQM are being
achieved. No pervasive deficiencies were identified’.2 Forvis Mazars also
confirmed that they have addressed the issues identified in the prior year.
42.  AQA have received assurances from Forvis Mazars and EY that these
matters did not impact any of their Scottish public sector audits, and that
they are implementing remediation plans to address the identified issues.
AQA are satisfied with these responses.
43.  Audit Services Group confirmed that they complied with ISQM1 SoQM
arrangements. This conclusion is supported by ICAEW who conduct a
review of Audit Scotland’s SoQM as part of their annual quality review.
ICAEW concluded that Audit Scotland has a clear and structured approach
to monitoring audit quality and evaluating its SoQM. In their summary
report ICAEW stated: ‘We did not identify any matters for attention from
work on aspects of SoQM at either Audit Scotland or the appointed firms’.
This demonstrates a clear commitment to improving audit quality and
aligns with the expectations of ISQM1.
Conclusion
All auditors have systems in place to comply with ISQM1 and have
appropriate plans for improvements to their audit methodologies where
required. 
1  Further details are available on page 20 of the EY Transparency report
2025.
2  Further details are available on page 113 of the Forvis Mazars
Transparency report 2025.
Page 143

Page 144

4. Quality results | 18 
4. Quality results
External and internal quality reviews
Introduction
44.  Audit quality reviews provide evidence on whether audit work complies
with the Code and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). They also
highlight areas to improve audits in the future.
45.  Audit Scotland commissions the Institute of Chartered Accountants in
England and Wales (ICAEW) to carry out external reviews. Senior and
appropriately experienced staff from each firm carry out internal reviews.
46.  Reviews use the Financial Reporting Council’s scoring methodology
for consistency and comparability (Exhibit 7).
Exhibit 7
External quality review grading
Description of each grade used in audit quality reviews.
Grade  Standard Description 
1 Good
We identified no areas for improvement of
sufficient significance to include in our report.
2
Limited
improvements
required
We identified one or more areas for improvement
of limited significance.
3 Improvements
required
We identified one or more key findings requiring
more substantive improvements.
4
Significant
improvements
required
We identified significant concerns in one or more
areas regarding the sufficiency or quality of audit
evidence, the appropriateness of key audit
judgments or another substantive matter such as
auditor independence.
Source: Financial Reporting Council 
Page 144

Page 145

4. Quality results | 19 
Findings
Audit quality indicator 6: Percentage of external quality reviews
requiring no more than limited improvements
Target: 80 per cent annual
Actual performance for financial audits: 75 per cent 
Actual performance for performance audits: 100 per cent
47.  ICAEW carries out a programme to review each firm over a three-year
cycle, each Audit Scotland audit director over a three-year cycle for both
financial audit and performance audit work, and each Audit Scotland
senior manager with engagement lead responsibilities over a six-year
cycle. This is to ensure a proportional approach is taken that is reflective of
the size of each auditor’s portfolio.
Financial audits
48.  ICAEW found that six of eight (75 per cent) external reviews required
no more than limited improvements (Exhibit 8). This is just below the target
of 80 per cent but has significantly improved since last year (62.5 per cent)
and are the best results in the current five-year audit period which began
in 2022/23.
Exhibit 8
Financial audit external quality reviews
Number of reviews at each grade, by auditor and year. 
Source: Audit Scotland
0
1
2
3
4
5
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
2022/23 2023/24 2024/25
KPMG
Grant Thornton
Forvis Mazars
EY
Deloitte
Azets
Audit Services Group
Page 145

Page 146

4. Quality results | 20 
49.  Audit Scotland achieved three audits of ‘Good’ grade and one audit
with a ‘Limited improvements required’ grade. The work to support the
wider scope responsibilities including Best Value was of a good standard.
50.  The quality reviews identified several areas of good practice including
good consideration of group accounts, a detailed understanding of the
services provided by the audited body and an adaptable approach to the
testing of non-pay expenditure.
51.  ICAEW concluded that two Audit Scotland audits were ‘Improvements
required’ grade. These grades were due to issues that are specific to
these audits: gaining sufficient evidence to support the valuation of a
complex financial model, and the testing approach used to gain assurance
over activity-based expenditure. Apart from these issues, the audits were
of good quality. ICAEW did not find any thematic findings from their
reviews.
52.  ICAEW’s selection included an audit that had been previously
reviewed by I&Q in 2023/24. I&Q had assessed the 2023/24 audit as a
‘Limited improvements required’ grade. ICAEW assessed this audit to be
of ‘Good’ grade and confirmed that the issues noted by I&Q in their
2023/24 review had been fully addressed. This provides evidence that
Audit Scotland’s quality monitoring arrangements are working effectively. 
53.  As part of their work we requested ICAEW to review two audits that
received a ‘Significant improvements required’ grade in 2023/24. ICAEW
reviewed the equivalent two 2024/25 audits and found that the matters
requiring significant improvement had been addressed (see paragraphs 64
and 68). This demonstrates audit teams are taking effective and timely
action to make quality improvements where required.
Performance audits
54.  Both performance audit output reviews required no more than limited
improvements (Exhibit 9, page 21) meeting the target. The results for
performance audit have been at a consistently high standard for the last
four years.
Page 146

Page 147

4. Quality results | 21 
Exhibit 9
Performance audit external quality reviews
Number of reviews at each grade, by output type and year. 
Source: Audit Scotland
Audit Quality indicator 7: Percentage of internal quality reviews
requiring no more than limited improvements
Target: 80 per cent annual
Actual performance for financial audits: 93 per cent 
Actual performance for performance audits: 100 per cent
55.  Auditors conduct reviews of their own portfolio of audits to assure
themselves of compliance with internal quality management standards and
support continuous improvement. Audit Scotland’s contract with the firms
requires them to conduct at least one review of a Scottish public sector
audit each year. 
56.  The timing of when internal reviews are conducted for each auditor
varies throughout the year. This means that the 2024/25 results for
Forvis Mazars are not yet available for this report and will therefore be
included in next year’s report. 
57.  Furthermore, Exhibit 10 (page 22) has been updated to show all
completed internal reviews for 2023/24. All of these additional reviews met
the required target of requiring no more than limited improvements, with
the exception of one Deloitte internal review which received a ‘Significant
improvements required’ grade (see paragraph 67 for more detail).
0
1
2
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
2023/24 2024/25 2025/26
Performance audit:
Auditor General
Performance audit: Joint
Performance audit:
Accounts Commission
Page 147

Page 148

4. Quality results | 22 
Financial audits
58.  Auditors found that 13 of 14 internal reviews (93 per cent) required no
more than limited improvements, meeting the target.
Exhibit 10
Financial audit internal quality reviews
Number of reviews at each grade, by auditor and year. 
Source: Audit Scotland
59.  The reviews identified several areas of good practice including:
• the planning files completed were a good standard, with clear
documentation of the audit approach and risk assessment
• clear oversight by engagement leads 
• scrutiny of key judgements was evident in audit files including a
thorough review of indexation applied to non-current assets which
identified several errors
• audit work was well documented on audit files to support
conclusions in the Annual Audit Report. 
60.  One internal review for Audit Services Group was an ‘Improvements
required’ grade. Areas for improvement include:
• strengthening the documentation of the risk assessment and
substantive testing of a material valuation model
• improving the risk assessment of the audited body’s IT applications
used to prepare the financial statements 
0
2
4
6
8
10
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
2022/23 2023/24 2024/25
KPMG
Grant Thornton
Forvis Mazars
EY
Deloitte
Azets
Audit Services Group
Page 148

Page 149

4. Quality results | 23 
• enhancing the review of the methodology and assumptions applied
by a management expert used by the audited body to value
non-current assets.
Performance audit outputs
61.  Both performance audit output reviews required no more than limited
improvements (Exhibit 11), meeting the target.
Exhibit 11
Performance audit internal quality reviews
Number of reviews at each grade, by output type and year. 
Source: Audit Scotland
62.  The reviews identified several areas of good practice including: 
• strong evidence of the team scoping the audit effectively 
• the audit team developed a records management note which meant
that most files could be easily located
• individual team members’ skills and expertise strengthened the
team and improved the efficiency of the audit work.
Audit quality indicator 8: Percentage of external quality reviews
requiring significant improvements
Target: 0 per cent annual
Actual performance (for both financial and performance audits): 
0 per cent
Financial audits
63.  External quality reviews did not identify any financial audit outputs as
requiring significant improvements, meeting the target (12.5 per cent in
2023/24).
0
1
2
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
2023/24 2024/25 2025/26
Performance audit: Auditor
General
Performance audit: Joint
Performance audit:
Accounts Commission
Page 149

Page 150

4. Quality results | 24 
64.  ICAEW conducted a focused review of one 2023/24 audit completed
by ASG that required significant improvements and found that the matters
requiring significant improvement had been addressed.
Performance audit outputs
65.  External quality reviews did not identify any performance audit outputs
as requiring significant improvements, meeting the target. 
Audit quality indicator 9: Percentage of internal quality reviews
requiring significant improvements
Target: 0 per cent annual
Actual performance (for both financial and performance audits): 
0 per cent
Financial audits
66.  Internal quality reviews did not identify any financial audit outputs as
requiring significant improvement, meeting the target. 
67.  This was shown as 0 per cent in the 2024/25 Quality of public audit in
Scotland annual report, based upon the information that was available at
the time. After the report was published, Deloitte reported that one of their
2023/24 Scottish public sector audits had been reviewed by their internal
quality team and had received a ‘Significant improvements required’ grade
(Exhibit 10, page 22). 
68.  The review identified several areas which did not meet the expected
auditing standards. The main findings related to overuse of substantive
analytical review, insufficient evidence on property plant and equipment
work, and other documentation failures. The review did not find any errors
in the 2023/24 audited accounts. 
69.  Deloitte addressed the issues found by the internal quality review.
ICAEW reviewed the 2024/25 audit to ensure that the issues had been
fully addressed. ICAEW’s review found that the matters requiring
significant improvement had been addressed.
Performance audit outputs
70.  Internal quality reviews did not identify any performance audit outputs
as requiring significant improvements, meeting the target.
Page 150

Page 151

4. Quality results | 25 
ICAEW Audit Scotland summary
71.  ICAEW provided the following comments on the audits they reviewed:
We undertook eight file reviews of financial audits, six covering Audit
Scotland and two from appointed firms. In addition, we conducted a focused
review to follow up on issues that required significant improvement at our
previous visit in a file we reviewed at Audit Scotland. We also inspected two
performance audits, both conducted by Audit Scotland. 
The quality of audit work, across financial and performance audits, was of a
generally good standard in many areas. On the financial audit files reviewed,
six of the eight files were either good or generally acceptable. We did not
identify any significant thematic areas. In the files requiring improvement,
both related to audits conducted by Audit Scotland, we identified weaknesses
in testing financial assets, and risk assessing, including the development of
an audit response to expenditure with differing recognition criteria. The
performance audits were both generally of a good standard. 
As part of the financial audit, we also reviewed audit work to support the
wider scope responsibilities. We did not identify any findings in these reviews.  
The responses of both Audit Scotland and the appointed firms demonstrate
they are intending to take appropriate action to address all the findings raised.
This includes plans to conduct detailed root cause analysis on files that
require improvement.  
We identified good practice across all files reviewed and mainly related to
aspects of comprehensive and clearly documented audit work and audit
approaches. 
We did not identify any matters for attention from work on aspects of SoQM
at either Audit Scotland or the appointed firms.
Conclusion
Our external and internal quality reviews found that all performance
audits demonstrated high levels of compliance with international auditing
standards. This evidences that performance audit methodologies are
operating well, and audit staff are delivering high-quality audit work. 
Our external and internal quality reviews found that 86 per cent of
financial annual audits were of good quality with high levels of
compliance with auditing standards, and audit staff are delivering high-
quality audits.
ICAEW’s follow ups of audits previously assessed as requiring more
than limited improvements provide assurance that auditors are taking
sufficient and appropriate action in response to review findings. 
Page 151

Page 152

4. Quality results | 26 
Audit Scotland actions
Audit Scotland’s Innovation and Quality team will support the audits with
improvements required through facilitating root cause analysis,
undertaking hot reviews and supporting engagement quality reviews.
Page 152

Page 153

5. Audit quality survey | 27 
5. Audit quality survey
Stakeholder perceptions
Introduction
72.  AQA commissions Progressive to conduct an annual independent
stakeholder feedback survey. The survey is sent to all directors of finance,
chief executives, and chairs of boards or audit committees (or their
respective equivalents) whose 2024/25 audits were completed by the
close of the survey. The survey invites the recipients to give their
perspectives about the 2024/25 audit.
73.  Progressive invited 547 individuals (539 in 2023/24) in audited bodies
to provide feedback on the 2024/25 financial audits and performance audit
outputs published in the past year. A total of 170 individuals (278 in
2023/24) completed responses (31 per cent, 51.6 per cent 2023/24).
Although, the response rate has decreased in 2024/25, the response rate
is similar to other stakeholder feedback surveys of this type. The response
rate is sufficiently large to show that stakeholders are willing to engage
with us on their views of public audit and making further improvements to
audit quality.
74.  The survey asked stakeholders to consider financial audit work under
the following criteria:
• Perception of the usefulness of the annual audit overall.
• Perception of the appropriateness of coverage of wider scope.
• Perception of the appropriateness of coverage of Best Value (local
government only).
75.  The survey asked stakeholders to consider performance audit outputs
against principles based on the International Organisation of Supreme
Audit Institutions (INTOSAI) standards. These were whether a report is:
• high quality, which means that the report is comprehensive,
convincing, timely, reader-friendly and balanced
• useful, which means that recommendations are likely to contribute
significantly to addressing the weaknesses or problems identified by
the audit.
76.  The survey asked stakeholders to respond to questions using a scale
of 1 to 5 where 1 is ‘very poor’ and 5 is ‘very good’. We analyse responses
by using the mean score. This is the average of respondents’ views on a
question within a particular category, either by sector or auditor.
Page 153

Page 154

5. Audit quality survey | 28 
Findings 
Audit quality indicator 10: Perception of the usefulness of the
annual audit
Target: 4 out of 5
Actual performance: 
Perception of the usefulness of the annual audit overall: 
4.2 out of 5
Perception of the appropriateness of coverage of wider scope: 
4.2 out of 5
Perception of the appropriateness of coverage of Best Value: 
3.7 out of 5
Perception of the usefulness of the annual audit overall
77.  Stakeholders’ views on the usefulness of the annual audit have slightly
decreased with 83 per cent of stakeholders believing their annual audit is
fairly or very useful (85 per cent in 2023/24) with a mean score of 4.2
(4.3 in 2023/24). This still exceeds the target in all sectors (Exhibit 12). 
Exhibit 12
Stakeholder perceptions on financial audits exceeds the target in all sectors
Mean score for the usefulness of the annual audit. 
Source: Progressive
4.2 4.2 4.5 4.1 4.2
0
1
2
3
4
5
Local
government
Central
government
NHS Further education All sectors
2022/23 2023/24 2024/25
Page 154

Page 155

5. Audit quality survey | 29 
Perception of the appropriateness of coverage of wider scope 
78.  Stakeholders’ views on how well auditors covered wider scope in their
annual audit report met the target in all sectors (Exhibit 13), with a mean
score of 4.2 (new indicator in 2024/25); 82 per cent of stakeholders
reported that the audit report covered the wider scope of the audit fairly or
very well.
Exhibit 13
Stakeholders’ views on wider scope coverage met the target in all sectors
Mean score for the appropriateness of coverage of wider scope in the annual audit report. 
Source: Progressive
Perception of the appropriateness of coverage of Best Value 
79.  Stakeholders’ views on how well auditors covered Best Value in their
annual audit report decreased at 3.7 (3.9 in 2023/24) and did not meet the
target. The scores are based on very small sample sizes which can result
in larger fluctuations. AQA’s review of 2024/25 annual audit plans and
annual audit reports found that generally, auditors were complying with the
requirements of the current Code of Audit Practice. Best Value audit is an
area currently under review in the proposed revised Code of Audit
Practice.
Audit quality indicator 11: Stakeholder perception on the quality
of performance audit outputs
Target: 4 out of 5
Actual performance: 
Overview reports: 4.1 out of 5
Performance audits: 4.1 out of 5
4.0 4.2 4.5 4.2 4.2
0
1
2
3
4
5
Central
government
Local
government
NHS Further education All sectors
2024/25
Page 155

Page 156

5. Audit quality survey | 30 
80.  Stakeholder perception on the quality of performance audit outputs
has overall, slightly improved. The mean score is 4.1 (4.0 in 2023/24) for
performance audits and 4.1 for overview reports (4.1 in 2023/24),
(Exhibit 14), meeting the target for both types of report.
Exhibit 14
Stakeholder perception of the quality of performance audit outputs has slightly improved
Mean score of perception of the quality of performance audits and overview reports. 
Source: Progressive
Audit quality indicator 12: Stakeholder perception on the
usefulness of performance audit outputs
Target: 4 out of 5
Actual performance: 
Overview reports: 4.2 out of 5
Performance audits: 3.9 out of 5
81.  Stakeholder perception on the usefulness of performance audit
outputs has also overall, slightly improved. The mean score is 3.9 (3.9 in
2023/24) for performance audits and 4.2 for overview reports (4.0 in
2023/24), (Exhibit 15, page 31), just below the target for performance
audits and meeting the target for overviews.
4.1 4.14.0 4.14.1 4.1
0
1
2
3
4
5
Performance audits Overviews
2023 2024 2025
Page 156

Page 157

5. Audit quality survey | 31 
Exhibit 15
Stakeholder perception of the usefulness of performance audit outputs has slightly
improved
Mean score of perception of the usefulness of performance audits and overview reports. 
Source: Progressive
Conclusion
Stakeholder perceptions on the quality of audit work indicates that
auditors are performing their work to a good level. There is no systemic
cause for concern in the small number of indicators below target.
Audit Scotland actions
AQA has discussed the results with each auditor to understand the
circumstances where feedback has been negative.
4.0 3.93.9 4.03.9 4.2
0
1
2
3
4
5
Performance audits Overviews
2023 2024 2025
Page 157

Page 158

6. Other measures | 32 
6. Other measures
Other measures of audit quality
Introduction
82.  AQA reviewed a sample of audit outputs to assess their quality and to
monitor timelines, scope, compliance with the Code requirements,
compliance with Guidance on planning the annual audit, compliance with
ISAs (UK) and clarity of recommendations.
83.  High-quality audit outputs provide assurance to stakeholders and add
value by recommending improvements, identifying risks, increasing
insight, and facilitating foresight.
Findings
Annual audit plans (AAPs)
84.  All AAPs reviewed showed a good level of compliance with the 2021
Code and 2024/25 Guidance on planning the annual audit. Areas of good
practice by auditors included:
• clear explanation of auditors’ responsibilities in relation to Best
Value for both central government and local government bodies
• clear explanations of significant risks identified and planned
responses to address these risks
• statements noting that wider scope risks are subject to review
throughout the audit
• statements that qualitatively material items may be reported even if
below clearly trivial threshold
• an explanation of the respective roles of the Auditor, Accounts
Commission, Controller of Audit and Audit Scotland.
85.  Our review found significant improvements in how auditors of local
government pension funds described their planned audit work on Best
Value, and in the way auditors of non-local government bodies explain
their work to meet their Best Value responsibilities compared to prior year.
Annual audit reports (AARs)
86.  Most AARs (90 per cent) reviewed demonstrated a high level of
compliance with the Code and related guidance. Examples of good
practice included:
Page 158

Page 159

6. Other measures | 33 
• clear explanations on the significant judgements made in
determining materiality
• use of audit quality indicators to set out the timing and quality of
working papers providing a helpful summary for the audited body
• clear narrative that explains what the auditor found and the auditor’s
judgement in respect of the effectiveness and appropriateness of
the arrangements that audited bodies have in place regarding the
wider-scope audit
• clear recommendations that are useful, specific and practicable
• clear statements on causes of delays to audits with clear details on
the reasons for additional fees 
• detailed follow-up of prior year recommendations.
87.  The most common areas for improvement were:
• Auditors should ensure that all AARs are addressed to the audited
body and (depending on the sector) to either the Auditor General or
Controller of Audit.
• Auditors should ensure that all AARs provide an explanation of the
significant judgements in determining materiality amounts. 
• Auditors should ensure that all AARs contain a reference to the
level of performance materiality that has been set and how this was
applied by the auditor in their audit of the accounts. 
• Auditors should ensure that all AARs contain a clear conclusion on
the effectiveness of arrangements by the accountable officer to
secure Best Value.
• Auditors should ensure that all recommendations have an agreed
target date and responsible officer for implementing
recommendations.
Best Value thematic reports
88.  All Best Value thematic reports that were reviewed were of a good
quality, clearly written and complied with the Guidance on planning the
audit and the Code of audit practice. 
Conclusion
Auditors’ AAPs, AARs and Best Value thematic reports demonstrated a
high level of compliance with reporting requirements under the Code
and related guidance.
Page 159

Page 160

6. Other measures | 34 
Audit Scotland actions
AQA has discussed findings with auditors and confirmed the changes
auditors plan to make in response to the findings.
AQA will continue to monitor outputs to ensure they are of high quality
and compliant with the Code and related guidance.
Page 160

Page 161

Appendix | 35 
Appendix
Audit Quality Indicators 2025/26 
3  Improving means within 11 months from date output was last signed.
This is considered an appropriate timescale for effective audit reporting
to stakeholders.
AQI Service area Target Actual Result
1 Independence
Percentage of audit providers confirming
compliance with ethical requirements.
Ethics, page 6 
100%  100%
(100% for
2023/24)  Target met
2 Performance monitoring and
remediation
Percentage of audits meeting key
planning milestones by the target date,
ie annual audit plan is submitted by
target date.
Audit delivery, page 7 
100% on
time or
improving3 
84%
(80% for
2024/25) 
Target not
met
3 Performance monitoring and
remediation
Percentage of audits completed by the
target date.
Audit delivery, page 8 
100% on
time or
improving 
63%
(64% for
2023/24) 
Target not
met
4 Performance monitoring and
remediation
Percentage of performance audit
outputs published as planned per Audit
Scotland’s work programme.
Audit delivery, page 14 
90%  100%
(87% for
2024/25) 
Target met
Page 161

Page 162

Appendix | 36 
AQI Service area Target Actual Result
5 Quality monitoring
Percentage of audit providers confirming
compliance with ISQM1 system of
quality management requirements.
Quality standards, page 16 
100%  100%
(100% for
2023/24) 
Target met
6 Quality monitoring
Percentage of financial audit external
quality reviews requiring no more than
limited improvements. (Grade 1 & 2) 
80%
annual 
75%
(62.5% for
2023/24) 
Target not
met 
Percentage of performance audit
external quality reviews requiring no
more than limited improvements.
(Grade 1 & 2)
Quality results, page 19 
100%
(100% for
2023/24)  Target met
7 Quality monitoring
Percentage of financial audit internal
quality reviews requiring no more than
limited improvements. (Grade 1 & 2) 
80%
annual 
93%
(85% for
2023/24) 
Target met 
Percentage of performance audit
internal quality reviews requiring no
more than limited improvements.
(Grade 1 & 2)
Quality results, page 21 
100%
(100% for
2023/24)  Target met
8 Quality monitoring
Percentage of financial audit external
quality reviews requiring significant
improvements. (Grade 4) 
0% annual  0%
(12.5% for
2023/24) 
Target met 
Percentage of performance audit
external quality reviews requiring
significant improvements. (Grade 4)
Quality results, page 23 
0%
(0% for
2023/24)  Target met
Page 162

Page 163

Appendix | 37 
4  This was shown as 0% in the 2024/25 Quality of public audit in Scotland
annual report, based upon the information that was available at the
time. However, after the report was published Audit Scotland was
informed by Deloitte that one of their audits had been reviewed by their
internal quality team and had received a ‘Significant improvements
required’ grade. This is also shown at Exhibit 10. 
5  Target applies to a, b, and c (where applicable).
AQI Service area Target Actual Result
9 Quality monitoring
Percentage of financial audit internal
quality reviews requiring significant
improvements. (Grade 4) 
0% annual
0%
(7% for
2023/244)  Target met 
Percentage of performance audit
internal quality reviews requiring
significant improvements. (Grade 4)
Quality results, page 24 
0%
(0% for
2023/24)  Target met
10 Stakeholder perception
a) Perception of the usefulness of
the annual audit overall 
4/55  a) 4.2/5
(4.3/5 2023/24)  Target met 
b) Perception of the
appropriateness of coverage of
wider scope 
b) 4.2/5
(New indicator) 
Target met 
c) Perception of the
appropriateness of coverage of
Best Value (LG only)
Audit quality survey, page 28 
c) 3.7/5
(3.9/5 2023/24) 
Target not
met
11 Stakeholder perception
Perception of the quality of:
a) Overview reports 
4/5  a) 4.1/5
(4.1/5 2023/24)  Target met 
b) Performance audits
Audit quality survey, page 29 
b) 4.1/5
(4.0/5 2023/24) 
Target met
Page 163

Page 164

Appendix | 38 
AQI Service area Target Actual Result
12 Stakeholder perception
Perception of the usefulness of:
a) Overview reports 
4/5  a) 4.2/5
(4.0/5 2023/24)  Target met 
b) Performance audits
Audit quality survey, page 30 
b) 3.9/5
(3.9/5 2023/24) 
Target not
met
Page 164

Page 165

Quality of public audit in Scotland
Annual report 2025/26 
Audit Scotland, 4th Floor, 102 West Port, Edinburgh EH3 9DN
Phone: 0131 625 1500 
www.audit.scot 
ISBN 978 1 918486 13 1
AS.5.0
Page 165

Page 166

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 167

Code of Audit
Practice
2026
Prepared by Audit Scotland for
the Auditor General for Scotland and Accounts Commission for Scotland
June 2026
Page 167

Page 168

2Code of Audit Practice 2026
Contents
Foreword 3
1. Status, application and principles 5
2. Assurance on the annual accounts 12
3. Assurance on wider scope reporting areas 15
4. Assurance on Best Value arrangements 23
5. Planning audit work and reporting results 28
6. Assurance on specific areas 35
7. Insights, intelligence and other support 37
8. Assurance on smaller audited bodies 41
9. Performance audits 43
Appendix 1. Supplementary guidance and
professional standards 46
Appendix 2. Parties in public audit in Scotland 49
Appendix 3. Statutory responsibilities 53
Glossary 57
Accessibility
You can find out more and read this report using assistive
technology on our website www.audit.scot/accessibility.
Page 168

Page 169

3Foreword
Foreword
Auditor General for Scotland and Chair of the Accounts
Commission for Scotland
Stephen Boyle
Auditor General for
Scotland
Jo Armstrong
Chair of Accounts
Commission for
Scotland
Our Code of Audit Practice (the Code) defines the independent external
audit of public bodies in Scotland for the five-year period from 2027/28 to
2031/32. All auditors appointed by the Auditor General and the Accounts
Commission to perform audits for that period are required to comply with
the Code. We have retained a single, combined Code to apply across
all sectors to promote consistency, effectiveness, and value in public
audit work in Scotland. We believe this will support assurance across
organisational and sectoral boundaries as public services increasingly
work in partnership and look to integrate service delivery.
Public bodies are responsible for safeguarding public finances, protecting
against fraud and other irregularities, making the best use of their
resources and ensuring good governance, and securing Best Value in the
delivery of their functions.
External audit is an essential feature which provides assurance that public
bodies properly discharge their responsibilities. Auditors are independent
of the bodies they audit and report their findings in public. In that way,
auditors provide independent assurance and promote improvement. This
supports democratic scrutiny of how public money is raised and spent,
and the outcomes achieved.
We consulted widely on the development of this Code in order that
it reflects the issues stakeholders perceive to be the most relevant to
public audit over the next five years. It builds on the 2021 Code, but a
number of refinements have been made to the audit model, including
a separate assurance framework for bodies with the lowest levels of
expenditure. There will also be a stronger focus on Best Value in local
government by requiring appointed auditors to focus on Best Value, and
removing a perceived overlap with wider scope work; annual thematic
reviews will continue but will be done on a sample basis and delivered by
a central Audit Scotland team. We believe this Code adopts a principles-
based approach, allowing auditors to exercise professional judgement
and respond flexibly to local risks. It is concise, high-level and applicable
across all public bodies, while enabling auditors to tailor their work to
sector developments and the audited body’s specific circumstances.
The Code supports the outcomes set out in Public audit in Scotland and
underlines the respective responsibilities of auditors and audited bodies
including partnership working, financial management and sustainability,
and performance management and reporting. Once we have appointed
an auditor, they operate independently. The Code cannot direct an auditor
Page 169

Page 170

4Foreword
to reach a particular judgement or express a particular opinion; the audit
work required is influenced by the Code, professional standards, and local
risks and circumstances.
Although the Code cannot place requirements on audited bodies
themselves, successful delivery of an audit is predicated on audited
bodies meeting responsibilities to support the audit process. This
includes providing auditors with the facilities and information they
reasonably require on a timely basis and to an appropriate standard,
making use of technology to deliver an efficient audit, and facilitating a
data-driven audit approach where possible. Timely completion of audits
is important to accountability; publication of audited accounts is a joint
endeavour between appointed auditors and audited bodies who should
work together to achieve completion dates.
We believe the Code provides a robust framework for high quality,
independent audit during a period of significant change and uncertainty,
helping to strengthen accountability and drive improvement in the use of
public money through strong safeguards of independence, objectivity and
audit quality, and by providing the people of Scotland with independent
assurance on the use of public money.
Page 170

Page 171

51. Status, application and principles
1. Status, application and
principles
Purpose of this section
1. This section covers the purpose of public audit, the status of the
Code and its application, and sets out principles which should underpin
the conduct and work of appointed auditors in discharging their
responsibilities.
Purpose of public audit
2. Public sector bodies are accountable for their use of public money.
Independent external audit of the services delivered by public bodies and
the spending they incur in doing so is a necessary safeguard to provide
objective assurance to the public and their representatives to support
democratic accountability.
3. Public audit in Scotland is founded on the statutory responsibilities
of the Auditor General, the Accounts Commission, and the auditors
they appoint.
4. Public sector external auditors examine whether public money is
properly accounted for and that resources are used well. As with the
audit of the annual accounts in the private sector, public sector external
audit involves providing an opinion on the truth and fairness of the annual
accounts, but it also covers an audited body’s arrangements for ensuring::
• public money is being used in accordance with the law and for
approved purposes
• propriety and that public business is being conducted in a way that
meets parliamentary and public expectations
• economy, efficiency and effectiveness in its use of resources.
5. It is not part of an auditor’s functions to question the merits of an
audited body’s policy, but they examine the arrangements by which
policy decisions are reached and consider the effects of legislation and
guidance, and the implementation of policy.
6. Public audit cannot, however, act as a substitute for audited bodies’
own responsibilities. It does not replace the need for an audited body
to obtain legal or other professional advice and to put in place effective
internal control arrangements, including arrangements for internal audit.
It is for audited bodies to ensure that their business is conducted in
Page 171

Page 172

1. Status, application and principles 6
accordance with the law and proper standards, and that public money is
safeguarded, properly accounted for and used economically, efficiently
and effectively.
Purpose and status of the Code
7. This Code describes the purpose and scope of public audit in Scotland.
It replaces the Code issued in June 2021 and comes into effect for audits
of financial years starting from 2027/28.
8. The Code sits at the centre of the arrangements for public audit in
Scotland, and it is a condition of their audit appointment that auditors
comply with its requirements. The Code:
• sets out the framework for strong and effective public audit which
supports accountability and provides independent assurance that
public money is spent and reported properly
• applies to all audit work undertaken by appointed auditors and by
performance auditors including the audit of the annual accounts,
which has a wider scope than the private sector, performance
auditing and auditing Best Value arrangements
• reflects the legal requirements for audit, as well the professional
standards with which auditors must comply
• sets out the arrangements which promote auditor independence
and monitor audit quality.
9. Guidance is used to help inform auditors’ judgements and promote
a consistent approach to changing public service priorities and risks.
The types of guidance which supplement this Code are explained in 
Appendix 1 (page 46).
Framework for public audit in Scotland
Code of Audit Practice
Public audit
Letter of appointment
Quality arrangements
Audit Scotland guidance
Public audit in Scotland
Legislation
Page 172

Page 173

1. Status, application and principles 7
General principles of public audit
10. The Code continues to take a principles-based approach. This allows
appointed auditors to adopt a flexible approach that is responsive to
sector developments and to the specific circumstances faced by each
audited body. The extent and nature of work required to perform a high-
quality audit is determined by each appointed auditor in response to
local circumstances.
General
principles of
public audit:
• Public accountability
• Wider audit scope
• Integrity, objectivity and independence
• Professional judgement
• Risk-based and proportionate
• Professional scepticism
• Data-driven
• Appropriate skills and knowledge
• Audit quality
• Cooperation
• Public reporting
Code of
Audit
Practice
Public accountability
11. Appointed auditors carry out their work on behalf of the public and in
the public interest.
12. Auditors should, however, be mindful of the unique position they
hold, and ensure that they have open and transparent arrangements in
place that recognise their responsibilities to both the audited body and
also to the public.
Wider audit scope
13. Reflecting the fact that public money is involved, public audit is
planned and undertaken from a wider perspective than in the private
sector. The wider scope reporting areas specified by the Auditor General
broadens the audit of the annual accounts to include consideration of
financial management; financial sustainability; vision, leadership and
governance; and use of resources to improve outcomes.
14. In local government, the wider scope of the audit includes a statutory
responsibility to consider the arrangements to secure Best Value which is
equivalent to the wider scope reporting areas.
Integrity, objectivity and independence
15. Appointed auditors carry out their work with integrity and objectivity
to underpin and safeguard their independence at all times. Auditors
Page 173

Page 174

1. Status, application and principles 8
also comply with the applicable ethical framework, including any ethical
standards set by a relevant regulatory body, along with any additional
requirements set out by the auditor’s recognised supervisory body, or
any other body charged with oversight of the auditor’s independence.
16. Appointed auditors must be, and should be perceived to be, impartial
and independent. This gives stakeholders confidence that auditors will
have the willingness to challenge management where appropriate, and
conduct a robust audit. Accordingly, auditors do not carry out any other
work for an audited body if that work would impair their independence
in carrying out any of their responsibilities under this Code or might
reasonably be perceived as doing so. Audit Scotland has safeguards in
place to consider any non-audit services.
Professional judgement
17. Appointed auditors discharge their responsibilities in compliance with
the requirements of legislation, this Code and supplementary guidance
from Audit Scotland, and relevant professional standards.
18. The Code cannot direct an auditor to reach a particular conclusion.
Auditors use their professional judgement to apply the principles and
requirements set out in this Code to the particular circumstances
that exist at different audited bodies. Auditors conduct their work
economically, efficiently and effectively, and in as timely a way as
possible.
19. An integrated approach is adopted to work under the Code, where
the knowledge gathered, and work carried out in support of each of the
auditor’s responsibilities, informs the auditor’s judgements as a whole.
Risk-based and proportionate
20. Audits are fundamentally risk-based. This means that they are driven
by a robust risk assessment, informed by a thorough understanding of
the audited body and its environment. Auditors allocate more time and
resources to higher risk areas. This principle is the source of most of the
proportionality that is inherent in an audit.
21. Audits are designed to meet the auditor’s responsibilities set out in
this Code tailored to the circumstances in place at the audited body and
the audit risks to which they give rise.
22. Auditors weigh the significance of issues identified against the
amounts involved in relation to the size of the body concerned to
determine whether further action is proportionate and in the public
interest, having regard to any guidance issued by Audit Scotland.
23. Auditors also consider carefully the practical and resource implications
for the audited body when framing recommendations arising from
their work.
Page 174

Page 175

1. Status, application and principles 9
Professional scepticism
24. In carrying out their work, appointed auditors exercise professional
scepticism. Professional scepticism is a core part of an auditor’s mindset.
It is characterised by a willingness to challenge audited bodies, and
the experts they use, to look for contradictory as well as corroborative
evidence and to critically assess information.
25. Auditors obtain and document such information and explanations as
they consider necessary to provide sufficient, appropriate evidence in
support of their conclusions and opinions.
Data-driven
26. In order to undertake audits efficiently, where possible, appointed
auditors adopt a data-driven (or data-enabled) audit that uses data
analytics and technology to review, analyse, and test datasets.
27. A data-driven approach allows deeper insights, detects risks and
anomalies, and can increase audit coverage and efficiency.
Appropriate knowledge and skills
28. Auditors ensure that they have the necessary skills, knowledge
and experience to discharge their functions effectively and have
arrangements in place to ensure that audit teams have sufficient
knowledge of the relevant public sector financial reporting, regulatory and
legislative frameworks.
29. Skills include, not only the traditional skill-sets required of auditors, but
also the ability to deliver data-driven audits.
30. Auditors ensure that audit teams comply with statutory and other
relevant requirements relating to the security, transfer, holding, disclosure
and disposal of information, particularly personal information received or
obtained during the course of their audit work.
Audit quality
31. Auditors are expected to carry out audits to a high standard of quality.
The Auditor General and the Accounts Commission require assurance on
the quality of public audit in Scotland through comprehensive audit quality
arrangements that apply to all audit work and providers.
32. Audit Scotland maintains and delivers an Audit Quality Framework
through a team which is independent of appointed auditors. The team
assesses audit quality and provides assurance through independent
reporting to the Auditor General and the Accounts Commission. Results
are used to highlight good practice and areas for improvement. This
supports continuous improvement in audit quality.
33. The Audit Quality Framework includes a programme of external
quality assessments of all the appointed auditors by an independent
Page 175

Page 176

1. Status, application and principles 10
professional regulatory body. Audited bodies’ views on the audit received
are also considered on an annual basis. This information is used to assess
the delivery of audit work and the extent to which it meets the relevant
professional standards.
Cooperation
34. Public bodies increasingly operate, commission and deliver services
in a range of partnerships and other forms of joint working or contracts
with other public, private or third-sector bodies. In meeting their statutory
duties, appointed auditors consider how best to obtain assurance over
such arrangements, working effectively with other auditors where
appropriate.
35. Auditors are mindful of the activities of inspectorates and other
scrutiny bodies and take account of them where relevant to prevent
duplication and ensure that the demands on audited bodies are managed
effectively. In so doing, auditors are informed by the reported results
of inspectorates and other scrutiny bodies in relation to corporate or
service performance.
36. Auditors are not required to carry out procedures to assess the
quality of, or re-perform, the work of inspectorates and other scrutiny
bodies, except where it would be unreasonable not to do so, for
example, to provide assurance in support of the audit opinion on the
financial statements.
37. In respect of the audited body, auditors:
• adopt a constructive approach to their work
• share and discuss their audit plan at an early stage
• build effective coordination arrangements with internal audit, using
the work of internal audit where, in the auditor’s judgement and in
line with professional standards, this is appropriate.
38. Where there is a change in the appointed auditor, auditors also
ensure that they cooperate effectively during the handover period, having
regard to any guidance issued by Audit Scotland to support the efficient
and effective discharge of responsibilities.
39. Appointed auditors are required to work collaboratively with Audit
Scotland in sharing intelligence and insights. This includes contributing
to the performance audit programme of the Auditor General and
Accounts Commission, including the production of statutory reports.
Where Audit Scotland performance auditors request information from
appointed auditors, it is important that such information is provided in a
timely manner.
Page 176

Page 177

1. Status, application and principles 11
40. Cooperation also includes highlighting current issues as well as
attending and contributing to periodic meetings with other appointed
auditors hosted by Audit Scotland.
Public reporting
41. Appointed auditors report their findings publicly. Auditors report using
their professional judgement and applying the following principles:
• Reporting on a timely basis, clearly, concisely and objectively
without fear or favour. Timely reporting means:
– producing audit reports on time, supported by high-quality audit
work, to allow audited bodies to comply with the requirements
placed on them to publish their audited annual accounts
– ensuring that when matters of concern arise during the course
of the audit, auditors raise them promptly with the body and
consider whether the matter needs to be brought to public
attention at the appropriate time.
• Using language that readers will understand, reflecting the principle
that audit reporting is for the benefit of the public as well as the
body being audited.
• Reflecting the wider scope of public audit by covering the range
of audit responsibilities under the Code, and being open and
transparent about the scope and nature of the work carried out.
• Setting conclusions out clearly, along with the evidence on which
those conclusions are based.
• Where there are areas for improvement, explaining the impact they
have on the audited body, and the actions the body should take in
response in the form of specific and measurable recommendations.
Responsibilities of audited bodies
42. This Code applies to the audit of public bodies which spend public
money, including the Scottish Government, central government bodies,
the NHS in Scotland, local government bodies and further education
colleges.
43. The Code cannot place requirements on audited bodies themselves.
The successful delivery of an audit under the Code is, however,
predicated on the audited body meeting its statutory responsibilities
to provide the auditor with the facilities and information the auditor
reasonably requires for the purposes of their functions on a timely basis
and to an appropriate standard.
44. Each section of this Code therefore sets out the responsibilities of
audited bodies as required by legislation, other codes, or manuals.
Page 177

Page 178

122. Assurance on the annual accounts
2. Assurance on the annual
accounts
All audited bodies except smaller audited bodies
Purpose of this section
45. This section of the Code covers the audit of a public body’s annual
accounts.
46. An auditor appointed to a body that meets the definition of a smaller
audited body should refer to Section 8 (page 41) of the Code for the
adaptations that apply to smaller bodies.
Responsibilities of audited bodies
47. Audited bodies must prepare annual accounts comprising financial
statements and other related reports. They have responsibility for:
• preparing financial statements which give a true and fair view
of their financial position and their expenditure and income, in
accordance with the applicable financial reporting framework and
relevant legislation
• maintaining accounting records and working papers that have been
prepared to an acceptable professional standard and that support
the disclosures in their financial statements and related reports
• assessing the appropriateness of the going concern basis of
accounting
• ensuring the regularity of transactions, by putting in place systems
of internal control to ensure that the transactions are in accordance
with applicable legislation and guidance
• preparing and publishing, along with their financial statements,
related reports such as an annual governance statement,
management commentary/performance report and a remuneration
report in accordance with prescribed requirements
• ensuring that the management commentary/performance report
is fair, balanced and understandable while communicating relevant
information to users about the body and its financial performance
clearly and concisely
• allowing auditors access to accounting records and IT systems in a
manner that facilitates the delivery of a data-driven audit.
Page 178

Page 179

2. Assurance on the annual accounts 13
48. The specific responsibilities of different types of audited body
regarding the production and reporting of their annual accounts vary
depending on relevant legislation and other requirements. However, the
publication of the annual accounts is an essential means by which the
audited body accounts for its stewardship and use of the public money at
its disposal.
49. The precise form and content of the audited body’s annual accounts,
and any additional schedules or returns for consolidation purposes, should
reflect the requirements of the applicable financial reporting framework in
place for that particular type of audited body and any additional guidance
issued in support of that framework.
Responsibilities of appointed auditors
50. Appointed auditors are responsible for performing an audit of the
annual accounts prepared by public bodies and expressing an opinion
on them.
51. Other than for smaller audited bodies explained in Section 8, the
Auditor General and the Accounts Commission require the audit of a
body’s annual accounts to be carried out in accordance with:
• International Standards on Auditing (ISAs) in the UK issued by the
Financial Reporting Council (FRC)
• guidance on the application of the ISAs (UK) to public audit provided
in the Public Audit Forum’s 10: Audit of Financial Statements and
Regularity of Public Sector Bodies in the United Kingdom
• the Ethical Standard issued by the FRC.
52. Appointed auditors consider significant risks of misstatement in the
financial statements and related reports within the annual accounts.
They use their professional judgement to assess risks within individual
audited bodies and design their audit approach in response to those
risks. Auditors should pay due regard to any guidance provided by
Audit Scotland.
53. Auditors are required by ISA (UK) 570 to assess the appropriateness
of the going concern basis of accounting. Auditors should pay due regard
to the application guidance in Practice Note 10 which advises that in
most public bodies, the use of the going concern basis of accounting is
straight-forward because the applicable financial reporting frameworks
envisage that it will apply where the body’s services will continue to be
delivered by the public sector.
54. For the avoidance of doubt, a conclusion that the going concern basis
of accounting is appropriate does not provide any assurance regarding
financial sustainability which auditors consider and report on separately as
Page 179

Page 180

2. Assurance on the annual accounts 14
part of their Best Value and wider scope responsibilities. Auditors should
be clear on that when communicating with audited bodies.
55. Auditors appointed by the Auditor General have a statutory
responsibility to consider the regularity of an audited body’s transactions
and report an opinion.
56. Auditors give their opinions on the various parts of the annual
accounts in accordance with the legislative and other requirements
in an Independent Auditor’s Report. This is described further in
Section 5 (page 28).
Page 180

Page 181

153. Assurance on wider scope reporting areas
3. Assurance on wider scope
reporting areas
All sectors except local government. All bodies except
smaller bodies
Purpose of section
57. This section of the Code covers the assurance from auditors
appointed by the Auditor General on a public body’s arrangements in four
specified reporting areas.
58. An auditor appointed to a body that meets the definition of a smaller
audited body should refer to Section 8 of the Code for the adaptations
that apply to smaller bodies.
Responsibilities of applicable audited bodies
59. Audited bodies have the primary responsibility for ensuring the proper
financial stewardship of public funds, compliance with relevant legislation
and establishing effective arrangements for governance, propriety and
regularity that enable them to successfully deliver their objectives.
60. Those with a management role in an audited body and those charged
with governance who have oversight of management make a vital
contribution to discharging these responsibilities.
61. An Accountable Officer is designated by the Permanent Secretary
of the Scottish Government for parts of the Scottish Administration
and sponsored bodies. The role of Accountable Officer is a personal
responsibility for the propriety and regularity of the public finances
for the relevant part of the Scottish Administration or public body and
ensuring that resources are used economically, efficiently and effectively.
Accountable Officer responsibilities are detailed in the Scottish Public
Finance Manual.
62. Audited bodies, through the Accountable Officer, are responsible for
maintaining:
• strong corporate governance arrangements
• standards of conduct for prevention and detection of fraud and
other irregularities
• a financial position that is soundly based
• a robust internal audit function
Page 181

Page 182

3. Assurance on wider scope reporting areas 16
• arrangements to secure Best Value.
Corporate governance
63. Each audited body is responsible for establishing arrangements to
ensure the proper conduct of its affairs including the legality of activities
and transactions, and for monitoring the adequacy and effectiveness of
these arrangements. Audited bodies should involve those charged with
governance (including audit committees or equivalent) in monitoring
these arrangements.
Prevention and detection of fraud and error
64. Audited bodies are responsible for establishing arrangements,
including an internal audit function, for the prevention and detection
of fraud, error and irregularities, bribery and corruption, and to ensure
that their affairs are managed in accordance with proper standards
of conduct.
Maintaining a sound financial position
65. Audited bodies are responsible for putting in place proper
arrangements to ensure that their financial position is soundly based
having regard to:
• such financial monitoring and reporting arrangements as may
be specified
• compliance with any statutory financial requirements and
achievement of financial targets
• balances and reserves, including strategies about levels and their
future use
• how they plan to deal with uncertainty in the medium and
longer term
• the impact of planned future policies and foreseeable developments
on their financial position.
Best Value
66. The Scottish Public Finance Manual sets out a specific responsibility
for Accountable Officers to ensure that arrangements have been made
to secure Best Value, that is, arrangements to secure continuous
improvement in the delivery of public services. Accountable Officers
are required to ensure accountability and transparency through effective
performance reporting for both internal and external stakeholders.
67. The Police and Fire Reform (Scotland) Act 2012 also places a
statutory duty to make arrangements to secure Best Value in carrying out
their functions on the Scottish Police Authority; the Chief Constable of
the Police Service of Scotland; and the Scottish Fire and Rescue Service.
Page 182

Page 183

3. Assurance on wider scope reporting areas 17
The Auditor General has the statutory power to initiate examinations into
these arrangements.
68. Ministerial guidance sets out the duty of Accountable Officers
to ensure that arrangements to secure Best Value are in place. The
guidance in force at the time of preparing this Code is framed around
seven Best Value themes and sets out the evidence that a public body
should be able to demonstrate.
Internal audit
69. Audited bodies are required to establish and maintain an internal audit
function as a support to management in maintaining effective systems
of control and performance. The internal audit function and programme
of work are expected to comply with the Global Internal Audit Standards
and application note for the UK public sector. 
Responsibilities of appointed auditors
Reporting areas
70. Appointed auditors are required by this Code to satisfy themselves
that audited bodies have made proper arrangements in four specified
reporting areas.
Four reporting areas:
Financial management
Financial sustainability
Vision, leadership and governance
Effective use of resources
Page 183

Page 184

3. Assurance on wider scope reporting areas 18
Reporting area Definition Examples of key matters to consider
Financial
management
Financial management is
concerned with financial
capacity, sound budgetary
processes and whether
the control environment
and internal controls are
operating effectively.
• Are there suitably qualified and experienced
officials leading the body’s finance team
supported by sufficient financial skills, capacity,
and capability in the body?
• Does the body have arrangements to ensure
systems of internal control are operating
effectively?
• Can the body demonstrate the effectiveness of
the budgetary control system in communicating
accurate and timely financial performance?
• How accurate is financial forecasting and is it an
embedded part of financial management and
reporting arrangements?
• Does the body have savings plans in place, and
are they risk assessed and regularly monitored
to ensure savings are being delivered?
Financial
sustainability
Financial sustainability
looks forward to the
medium and longer term
to consider whether the
body is planning effectively
to continue to deliver its
services and the way in
which they should be
delivered.
Note: this is a separate
consideration to whether
the going concern basis of
accounting is appropriate.
• How effective are the financial planning
systems in identifying and addressing risks to
financial sustainability across the medium and
longer terms?
• How appropriate are the arrangements put in
place to address any identified funding gaps?
• Are there plans in place to support how
efficiency targets are to be met?
• Does the body understand the long-term
pressures, including demand pressures, and
have these been built into plans and strategies?
• Are the long-term revenue consequences of
borrowing and other forms of financing on
affordability clearly set out?
• Are investment decisions informed by clear
business cases, and is it clear how investments
will be funded and how success will be
measured?
Cont.
Page 184

Page 185

3. Assurance on wider scope reporting areas 19
Reporting area Definition Examples of key matters to consider
Vision,
Leadership and
governance
Vision, leadership and
governance is concerned
with the effectiveness of
scrutiny and governance
arrangements, leadership
and decision making, and
transparent reporting of
financial and performance
information.
• Does the body have a clear vision and strategy,
and do they include a clear set of priorities?
• Can the body demonstrate that the governance
arrangements are appropriate and operating
effectively?
• Is there evidence of effective scrutiny,
challenge and transparency on decision making
and financial and performance reports at
governance committees?
• Is there a corporate approach to continuous
improvement, with regular updating and
monitoring of improvement plans?
• Are appropriate procedures applied consistently
to ensure that members and staff comply with
relevant codes of conduct and policies?
• Do performance reports contain clear
objectives, targets, benchmarks, and
comparisons, and is there a clear flow from
corporate plans?
Effective use of
resources
Audited bodies need to
make best use of their
resources to meet stated
outcomes and improvement
objectives, through effective
planning and working with
strategic partners and
communities. This includes
demonstrating economy,
efficiency, and effectiveness
through the use of financial
and other resources and
reporting performance
against outcomes.
• Can the audited body demonstrate that
outcomes are improving?
• Does the audited body provide information
about how services are improving?
• Have alternative models of service delivery
been considered?
• Is benchmarking carried out to identify areas for
improvement?
• Are user needs and views considered in the
evaluation of service delivery and quality?
Page 185

Page 186

3. Assurance on wider scope reporting areas 20
Auditor action
71. The action that appointed auditors should take in respect of each of
the four specified reporting areas is set out below:
Audit stage Auditor action
Planning/risk assessment Auditors use guidance issued by Audit Scotland on behalf of
the Auditor General that supplements this Code to identify
and assess risks that the audited body has weaknesses in its
arrangements in the four specified reporting areas.
Auditors should include in their Annual Audit Plans the procedures
they will carry out in respect of risks of significant weaknesses.
Execution of plan Auditors carry out procedures focussed on any risks included in
the Annual Audit Plans to consider whether the body has proper
arrangements in the four specified reporting areas.
Reporting Auditors report a conclusion in the Annual Audit Report each
year, based on the procedures performed, that is intended to give
reasonable assurance on the arrangements in place for each of
the four specified reporting areas.
Where auditors identify significant weaknesses in arrangements,
they should make recommendations to remedy the weaknesses.
Conclusions should be reported and recommendations made in
accordance with Section 5 of this Code.
72. Appointed auditors should, having regard to relevant supplementary
guidance issued by Audit Scotland, undertake sufficient procedures to
be satisfied as to whether, in each auditor’s view, the audited body has
proper arrangements in place in each specified reporting area.
73. As the subject matter of this work is the arrangements in place,
rather than historical financial information, the supplementary guidance
from Audit Scotland uses as a reference point the principles in the
International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE 3000) rather
than ISAs (UK).
74. The work carried out by auditors should be underpinned by
consideration of the arrangements the audited body is expected to have
in place. This should be based on the supplementary guidance issued by
Audit Scotland. The guidance may set out areas of focus specified by the
Auditor General, where judged necessary.
75. Appointed auditors should take into account their knowledge of the
relevant sector as a whole, and the audited body specifically, to identify
any risks that, in the auditor’s judgement, are relevant to the auditor’s
work on the four specified reporting areas. An understanding of the
sector includes the relevant regulatory framework in which the audited
body operates.
Page 186

Page 187

3. Assurance on wider scope reporting areas 21
76. Auditors’ work on arrangements in the four specified reporting areas
should be informed by:
• the audited body’s governance statement and any additional
reporting by the body on the arrangements it has in place to
manage risks to the achievement of its responsibilities relevant to
the four reporting areas
• evidence that the audited body’s arrangements were in place
during the reporting period
• evidence obtained from the auditor’s other work, including previous
work on arrangements in the reporting areas, work completed as
part of the audit of the annual accounts and the audited body’s
response to this work
• evidence provided by the internal audit function
• national or sectoral reporting by Audit Scotland
• the work of inspectorates and other scrutiny bodies, where the
scope and results are relevant to auditors’ responsibilities. Auditors
are not required to quality-assure or re-perform the work of others
and may use such work to the extent that, in their judgement, it is
appropriate to do so
• any other evidence source that auditors regard as necessary
to facilitate the discharge of their responsibilities for the four
reporting areas.
77. Determining how much work to do on the arrangements is a matter
of auditor judgement. Auditors should clearly document the work they
have undertaken and report each year in accordance with Section 5 of
this Code. 
78. Auditors should keep their risk assessment under continuous review.
Where appropriate, auditors should update their work to reflect emerging
risks or findings, including risks flagged in guidance issued by Audit
Scotland. Auditors should document any changes to their planned work
and ensure these are communicated to the audited body.
79. In evaluating the audited body’s arrangements, it is not part of the
responsibilities of auditors to question the merits of the audited body’s
policy decisions. However, auditors may examine the arrangements by
which policy decisions are reached and implemented.
80. The work of auditors should be designed to provide reasonable
assurance to enable them to report in accordance with Section 5 of this
Code on the arrangements the body has in place in the four specified
reporting areas for each relevant period.
81. Where auditors identify significant weaknesses in arrangements
as part of their consideration of the four specified reporting areas,
they should make recommendations in accordance with Section 5 of
this Code.
Page 187

Page 188

3. Assurance on wider scope reporting areas 22
82. Auditors may also identify examples of good practice as part of their
normal audit work on the specified reporting areas. Auditors should
consider sharing any good practice identified, provided it does not impact
on their independence, by reporting in accordance with Section 5 of this
Code. In considering what to share, auditors should bear in mind that
good practice:
• may include methods, procedures, or approaches used by audited
bodies that auditors consider to be particularly effective, efficient,
and beneficial
• goes beyond basic requirements or standard procedures, and
results in a higher level of quality, performance, or outcomes
• is different to ‘best practice’ which represents the most effective or
efficient approach among all known options.
Best Value
83. For central government and NHS bodies, auditors should consider
the arrangements put in place by Accountable Officers to meet their
Best Value duty. In practice, auditors’ work on the four specified reporting
areas is used as a basis to also reach a conclusion on the Best Value
arrangements. Each reporting area is aligned with a related Best Value
theme as set out in the version of the ministerial guidance in force at the
time of preparing this Code. This alignment is set out in the following
table (any changes to the themes over the period covered by the Code
will be reflected in supplementary guidance from Audit Scotland):
Reporting area Related Best Value theme
Financial sustainability • Use of resources
Financial management • Use of resources
• Governance and accountability
• Performance management
Vision, leadership and
governance
• Vision and leadership
• Governance and accountability
• Effective partnerships
• Sustainability
• Equality
Use of resources • Use of resources
84. Auditors report a conclusion in the Annual Audit Report each year in
accordance with Section 5 of this Code that gives reasonable assurance
on the arrangements in place to secure Best Value.
85. Determining whether work is required in addition to that needed
to conclude on the four specified reporting areas is a matter of auditor
judgement. Auditors should clearly document any additional work they
have undertaken.
Page 188

Page 189

234. Assurance on Best Value arrangements
4. Assurance on Best Value
arrangements
Local government except smaller audited bodies
Purpose of section
86. This section of the Code covers the assurance from auditors
appointed by the Accounts Commission on a local government body’s
arrangements to secure Best Value.
87. An auditor appointed to a body that meets the definition of a smaller
audited body should refer to Section 8 of the Code for the adaptations
that apply to smaller bodies.
Responsibilities of local government bodies
88. Local government bodies have a duty under the Local Government
in Scotland Act 2003 to make arrangements to secure Best Value.
Best Value is defined in the Act as continuous improvement in the
performance of the body’s functions.
89. The Scottish Government’s statutory guidance on Best Value
currently in force requires bodies to demonstrate that they are delivering
Best Value in respect of the following seven themes.
Best value themes:
1 Vison and leadership
2 Governance and accountability
3 Effective use of resources
4 Partnership and collaborative working
5 Working with communities
6 Sustainable development
7 Fairness and equality
Page 189

Page 190

4. Assurance on Best Value arrangements 24
Responsibilities of appointed auditors
90. Appointed auditors are required by legislation to satisfy themselves
that local government bodies have made proper arrangements for
securing Best Value. The Accounts Commission considers that the
statutory guidance on Best Value issued by the Scottish Government
represents proper arrangements and therefore requires appointed
auditors to focus on assessing a body’s compliance with the statutory
guidance.
91. The action that appointed auditors should take is set out below:
Audit stage Auditor action
Planning/risk assessment Auditors identify and assess risks that the audited body has not
complied with the statutory guidance issued by the Scottish
Government.
Auditors should include in their Annual Audit Plans the procedures
they will carry out in respect of risks of significant non-
compliance.
Execution of plan Auditors carry out procedures focused on any risks of significant
non-compliance included in the Annual Audit Plans to consider
whether the body has proper arrangements in place for securing
Best Value that are in accordance with the statutory guidance.
Reporting Auditors report a conclusion in the Annual Audit Report each
year, based on the procedures carried out, that is intended to give
reasonable assurance on the arrangements in place for securing
Best Value.
Where auditors identify significant non-compliance with the
statutory guidance, they should make recommendations to
remedy the non-compliance.
Conclusions should be reported and recommendations made in
accordance with Section 5 of this Code.
92. Appointed auditors should have regard to relevant guidance issued by
Audit Scotland on behalf of the Accounts Commission that supplements
this Code. Auditor should undertake sufficient work to be satisfied as to
whether, in each auditor’s view, the local government body has proper
arrangements in place to secure Best Value that are in accordance with
the statutory guidance.
93. In carrying out this work, auditors are not required to satisfy
themselves that the local government body has achieved Best Value
during the reporting period.
94. As the subject matter of this work is the arrangements in place,
rather than historical financial information, the supplementary guidance
from Audit Scotland uses as a reference point the principles in the
Page 190

Page 191

4. Assurance on Best Value arrangements 25
International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE 3000) rather
than ISAs (UK).
95. The work carried out by auditors should be underpinned by
consideration of what arrangements the local government body is
expected to have in place. This should be based on the statutory
guidance that local government bodies are required to comply with
during the reporting period, together with any guidance provided by Audit
Scotland that supplements this Code. The supplementary guidance may
set out areas of focus specified by the Accounts Commission, where
judged necessary.
96. In the version of the statutory guidance in force at the time of
preparing this Code, the Commission considers that the financial
management and planning section within the effective use of resources
theme covers financial sustainability and financial management. The
conclusion on Best Value reported by auditors therefore implicitly covers
these elements of the overall arrangements.
97. Auditors should take into account their knowledge of the local
government sector as a whole, and the audited body specifically, to
identify any risks that, in each auditor’s judgement, are relevant to the
Best Value arrangements. An understanding of the sector includes the
relevant regulatory framework in which the audited body operates.
98. Auditors’ work on Best Value arrangements should be informed by:
• self-assessment undertaken by the body on the arrangements it
has in place to manage risks to the achievement of Best Value,
including use of the Local Government Benchmark Framework and
peer reviews
• evidence that the audited body’s arrangements were in place
during the reporting period
• evidence obtained from the auditor’s other work, including previous
work on Best Value arrangements, work completed as part of the
audit of the annual accounts and the audited body’s response to
this work
• evidence provided by the internal audit function
• the work of inspectorates and other scrutiny bodies, where
the scope and results are relevant to the auditor’s Best Value
responsibilities. Auditors are not required to quality-assure or
re-perform the work of others and may use such work to the
extent that, in their judgement, it is appropriate to do so
• any other evidence source that auditors regard as necessary to
facilitate the performance of their statutory duties.
99. Determining how much work to do on arrangements to secure Best
Value is a matter of auditor judgement. Auditors should clearly document
Page 191

Page 192

4. Assurance on Best Value arrangements 26
the work they have undertaken and report each year in accordance with
Section 5 of this Code.
100. Auditors should keep their risk assessment under continuous
review. Where appropriate, auditors should update their work to reflect
emerging risks or findings. Auditors should document any changes
to their planned work and ensure these are communicated with the
audited body.
101. In evaluating the audited body’s Best Value arrangements, it is
not part of the responsibilities of auditors to question the merits of the
audited body’s policy decisions. However, auditors may examine the
arrangements by which policy decisions are reached and implemented.
102. The work of auditors should be designed to provide reasonable
assurance to enable them to report a conclusion in accordance with
Section 5 of this Code on the arrangements the body has in place to
secure Best Value for the relevant period.
103. Where auditors identify significant non-compliance with the Best
Value statutory guidance, they should make recommendations in
accordance with Section 5 of this Code.
104. Auditors may also identify examples of good practice as part of
their audit work on Best Value arrangements. Auditors should consider
sharing any good practice identified, provided it does not impact on their
independence, by reporting in accordance with Section 5 of this Code.
In considering what to share, auditors should bear in mind that good
practice:
• may include methods, procedures, or approaches used by audited
bodies that auditors consider to be particularly effective, efficient,
and beneficial
• goes beyond basic requirements or standard procedures, and
results in a higher level of quality, performance, or outcomes
• is different to ‘best practice’ which represents the most effective or
efficient approach among all known options.
Responsibilities of Audit Scotland
105. Audit Scotland provides appointed auditors with guidance on behalf
of the Accounts Commission to support them in discharging their Best
Value responsibilities.
106. A central team in Audit Scotland carries out more detailed work
on a sample of councils focussing on different themes specified by the
Accounts Commission each year.
Page 192

Page 193

4. Assurance on Best Value arrangements 27
Responsibilities of the Controller of Audit
107. The Controller of Audit reports to the Commission under Section
102 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973 on how local
government bodies perform their duties relating to Best Value. The
Controller adopts a risk-based approach to decide which bodies to report
upon, and bases each report on the work carried out by appointed
auditors and the central Audit Scotland team.
Page 193

Page 194

285. Planning audit work and reporting results
5. Planning audit work and
reporting results
All audited bodies
Purpose of section
108. This section of the Code covers the requirements for how appointed
auditors should plan their audits and report the results.
109. An auditor appointed to a body that meets the definition of a smaller
audited body should refer to Section 8 of the Code for the adaptations
that to smaller bodies.
Audit outputs
110. Auditors should produce the following outputs annually for those
charged with governance at each audited body:
• Annual Audit Plan
• Independent Auditor’s Report
• Annual Audit Report.
111. Annual reporting of the audit provides transparency. The above
outputs are published on Audit Scotland’s website and should be
prepared in accordance with the objectives for public reporting set out in
Section 1 (page 5) of this Code.
112. Other specific outputs are covered in Section 6 (page 35) of
this Code. Auditors may also produce reports to the management of an
audited body, as required and where relevant.
Annual Audit Plan
Purpose of output
113. The Annual Audit Plan should contain an overview of the planned
scope and timing of the audit of the annual accounts, specified reporting
areas where applicable, and Best Value to be carried out in accordance
with applicable professional standards, this Code, and guidance from
Audit Scotland.
Addressees
114. The Annual Audit Plan should be addressed to the audited body.
Page 194

Page 195

5. Planning audit work and reporting results 29
Content
115. Appointed auditors should prepare their Annual Audit Plans in
accordance with guidance from Audit Scotland, but in summary plans
should generally include the components set out in the following table:
Required component Explanation
Name of engagement lead The engagement lead is the public sector equivalent of
engagement partner and is:
• the individual in Audit Scotland appointed as auditor
• the partner or other individual in the firm who is responsible for
delivery of the audit on behalf of the firm.
Planned work This should set out the work planned to meet the auditor’s
responsibilities in accordance with guidance from Audit Scotland.
Work to address risks Where significant risks to the annual accounts or arrangements for
the specified reporting areas or Best Value are identified, auditors
should indicate the audit work planned to address them.
Outputs A complete list of outputs planned to be produced by auditors.
Responsibilities The respective responsibilities of the audited body and auditor.
Independence Confirmation of the independence of the auditor.
Materiality An explanation of the concept of materiality, the materiality
thresholds applied, and the significant judgements made in
determining them.
Smaller audited bodies Where applicable, an explanation that the audited body has been
classified as a smaller audited body.
Agreed fee for the audit Confirmation of the fee agreed with the audited body for the audit.
Where the agreed fee is higher than the amount expected by Audit
Scotland, an explanation of why that is the case.
Independent Auditor’s Report
Purpose of output
116. The Independent Auditor’s Report sets out the auditor’s opinions
on the financial statements and other reports within an audited body’s
annual accounts, and conclusions on related matters.
117. It is incorporated within the audited body’s published annual
accounts.
Addressees
118. The Independent Auditor’s Report is addressed to the audited body
and (as appropriate) the Auditor General and the Scottish Parliament
or the Accounts Commission; and any other relevant addressees as
specified by the Auditor General or Accounts Commission.
Page 195

Page 196

5. Planning audit work and reporting results 30
119. Except where signed by the Auditor General, the Independent
Auditor’s Report is signed with the name of the engagement lead for
each audit.
Content
120. The Auditor General and the Accounts Commission specify the
form of the Independent Auditors Report in guidance provided by Audit
Scotland, based on the applicable financial reporting framework within
which public bodies operate and following consultation with auditors.
121. Other than for defined smaller audited bodies, the specified form
of the Independent Auditor’s Report complies with ISA (UK) 700. This
includes the reporting of key audit matters required by ISA (UK) 701 for
any audited body that meets the definition of public interest entity or
reports compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code. This Code
extends the application of ISA (UK) 701 to all other audited bodies but, as
explained below, reporting is in the Annual Audit Report.
Opinions and conclusions
122. The Independent Auditor’s Report is addressed to the audited body
and (as appropriate) the Auditor General and the Scottish Parliament
or the Accounts Commission; and any other relevant addressees as
specified by the Auditor General or Accounts Commission. Except where
signed by the Auditor General, the Independent Auditor’s Report is
signed with the name of the engagement lead for each audit.
123. The Independent Auditor’s Report sets out the auditor’s opinions
on the financial statements and other reports within an audited body’s
annual accounts. It is incorporated within the audited body’s published
annual accounts. The required opinions and conclusions that should be
expressed in the Independent Auditor’s Report are summarised in the
following table:
Opinion or conclusion Explanation
Opinion on the audited
body’s financial statements
This opinion is on whether the financial statements:
• give a true and fair view of the financial position of the audited
body and its expenditure and income for the period in question
• have been prepared properly in accordance with the relevant
financial reporting framework as set out in legislation, applicable
accounting standards or other direction.
Opinion on the audited part
of remuneration report
This opinion is on whether the audited part of the remuneration
report has been properly prepared in accordance with the applicable
reporting framework.
Cont.
Page 196

Page 197

5. Planning audit work and reporting results 31
Opinion or conclusion Explanation
Opinion on management
commentary/performance
report and governance
statement
This opinion is on whether the management commentary/
performance report and governance statement (or equivalent
statements):
• are consistent with the financial statements
• have been prepared properly in accordance with the relevant
financial reporting framework.
Opinion on regularity This opinion is on whether, in all material respects, the expenditure
and income recorded in the financial statements is in accordance
with legislation and applicable guidance.
This applies to auditors appointed by the Auditor General.
Conclusion on the
going concern basis of
accounting
This conclusion is on whether:
• the going concern basis of accounting is appropriate
• any material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt on the
body’s ability to adopt the going concern basis of accounting have
been disclosed by the body.
Conclusions reported by
exception
These conclusions are reported in cases where:
• adequate accounting records have not been kept
• the financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting
records
• information required by the auditor has not been provided by the
audited body.
Annual Audit Report
Purpose of output
124. The Annual Audit Report is issued by appointed auditors at the
conclusion of each year’s audit.
Addressees
125. The Annual Audit Report is addressed to the audited body and the
Auditor General, or the Controller of Audit, and other recipients specified
in guidance from Audit Scotland.
Content
126. The content of the Annual Audit Report includes:
• For auditors appointed by the Auditor General, conclusions and
recommendations on the arrangements in place in the four
reporting areas specified in Section 3 of this Code and the
arrangements for Best Value based on the procedures that they
have carried out.
Page 197

Page 198

5. Planning audit work and reporting results 32
• For auditors appointed by the Accounts Commission, conclusions
and recommendations on the arrangements in place to secure
Best Value. Auditors also report a conclusion on each council’s
arrangements for statutory performance information explained in
Section 6.
• For all audited bodies, significant matters arising from the audit
of annual accounts in accordance with ISA (UK) requirements for
reporting to those charged with governance.
Conclusions
127. Auditors appointed by the Auditor General should, based on the
procedures performed:
• clearly state a conclusion, for each of the four specified reporting
areas, as to whether there are proper arrangements in place
• clearly state a conclusion for Best Value, as to whether there are
proper arrangements in place.
128. If auditors appointed by the Auditor General identify significant
weaknesses in arrangements, the stated conclusion should be modified
and a recommendation to address the weakness should be reported.
129. Auditors appointed by the Accounts Commission should clearly
state a conclusion as to whether, based on procedures performed,
the body has proper arrangements in place to secure Best Value in
accordance with the statutory guidance.
130. If auditors appointed by the Commission identify significant non-
compliance with the statutory guidance, the conclusion should be
modified and a recommendation to address the non-compliance should
be reported.
131. Auditors should include in their Annual Audit Report a clear
commentary to support their conclusions on the arrangements that
audited bodies have in place. Simply providing a factual description of
the arrangements in place at an audited body, without clearly setting out
judgements on those arrangements, would not be sufficient to meet this
responsibility. Auditors appointed by the Accounts Commission should
ensure that their commentary includes explicit and prominent references
to the financial sustainability and financial management elements of the
arrangements to secure Best Value.
Significance
132. Appointed auditors should use their judgement to ensure any
weaknesses, cases of non-compliance, or other matters reported
are significant:
Page 198

Page 199

5. Planning audit work and reporting results 33
• The concept of ‘significance’ applies to the appointed auditor’s
consideration of the arrangements in the four specified reporting
areas and Best Value.
• A matter is significant if, in each auditor’s professional view, it is
reasonable to conclude that the matter would be of importance
to the Auditor General, Commission, Controller of Audit, those
charged with governance at an audited body, or is otherwise in the
public interest.
• Significance has both qualitative and quantitative aspects.
Recommendations and good practice
133. Where appointed auditors identify weaknesses or cases of non-
compliance in arrangements that they judge to be significant, they should
make recommendations setting out:
• their judgement on the nature of the weakness they have identified
• the evidence on which their view is based
• the impact on the body
• the action the body needs to take to address the weakness
• the timescales for taking the action.
134. Auditors should follow up the implementation of recommendations
in accordance with any guidance from Audit Scotland.
135. Auditors may also share examples of good practice identified as part
of their normal audit work. Audit Scotland may include the good practice
examples that are reported in outputs to disseminate more widely.
136. In making recommendations, and sharing good practice, auditors
should avoid any perception that they have any role in the decision-
making arrangements of the audited body. It is not appropriate for
auditors to act in any way that suggests they are advisors to audited
bodies, and it is not auditors’ responsibility to find solutions to
weaknesses or non-compliance identified.
137. Audit Scotland’s impact monitoring and evaluation framework
gathers evidence and reports on the impact of Public Audit in Scotland,
including progress against outcomes. This includes evaluating evidence
from all auditors on their impact, including progress on recommendations
as reported in the Annual Audit Report, highlighting good practice, and
reporting any local improvements due to audit work.
Key audit, planning and scoping matters from the audit of the
annual accounts
138. ISA (UK) 701 requires the auditors of listed companies, public
interest entities, and entities which have adopted the UK Corporate
Page 199

Page 200

5. Planning audit work and reporting results 34
Governance Code to communicate key audit matters in the Independent
Auditors Report. That requirement has been extended to apply to all
audited bodies covered by this Code, but the key matters should be
communicated in the Annual Audit Report. In summary, auditors should:
• determine the matters communicated to those charged with
governance that were of most significance in the audit of the
accounts (that is, key audit matters)
• highlight each key audit matter in the Annual Audit Report including
a reference to the related disclosures, if any, in the financial
statements
• explain why the matter was considered to be of most significance
in the audit and how it was addressed in the audit, including
significant judgments made by the auditor with respect to the
matter.
139. Annual Audit Reports are also required to include the following
planning and scoping matters:
• any revisions to the materiality thresholds set out in the Annual
Audit Plan, including an explanation of the significant judgments in
determining the revised amounts
• an overview of the scope of the audit, including an explanation
of how it addressed each of the significant risks of material
misstatement and how it was influenced by the auditor’s application
of materiality.
Page 200

Page 201

356. Assurance on specific areas
6. Assurance on specific
areas
All audited bodies
Purpose of section
140. This section of the Code covers additional specific areas on which
appointed auditors are required to provide assurance or report findings.
Claims and returns
Responsibilities of audited bodies
141. Councils are required to submit claims and returns to central
government bodies. These include claims for housing benefit subsidy and
returns for non-domestic rates.
142. Audited bodies may also be required to provide information in
consolidation schedules. These include returns to assist with the
production of whole of government accounts (WGA).
143. Some audited bodies prepare annual reports that contain financial
information derived from, but separate to, their annual accounts.
Responsibilities of appointed auditors
144. Appointed auditors are required to provide assurance, or report
findings, in respect of specified claims and returns.
145. Auditors should comply with guidance in this regard issued by
Audit Scotland.
Public rights of inspection and objection
Responsibilities of audited bodies
146. Local government bodies have the statutory responsibility to make
arrangements for public inspection and objection to their unaudited
annual accounts.
147. The arrangements should reflect the right that members of the
public have to:
• inspect a local government body’s accounts, books and records and
take copies
Page 201

Page 202

6. Assurance on specific areas 36
• lodge with the appointed auditor a written objection to the
accounts.
Responsibilities of appointed auditors
148. If requested by an objector, the local government body or any officer
of the body who may be concerned, the appointed auditor should give
the relevant party an opportunity to appear before, and be heard by, the
appointed auditor with respect to the objection.
149. Appointed auditors should have regard to guidance issued by
Audit Scotland when dealing with objections to the accounts of a local
government body.
Statutory Performance Information
Responsibilities of the Accounts Commission
150. The Accounts Commission issues a Statutory Performance
Information (SPI) Direction to councils which sets out certain
performance information that they are required to publish.
Responsibilities of audited bodies
151. Councils are required to publish the specified information in
accordance with the SPI Direction.
Responsibilities of appointed auditors
152. Auditors are required to satisfy themselves that the council has
made proper arrangements for preparing and publishing statutory
performance information.
153. Auditors should report the following in their Annual Audit Report:
• A conclusion on each council’s arrangements for preparing and
publishing the statutory performance information.
• Any instances where the arrangements or reporting are not in
accordance with the Direction.
• Areas where the arrangements require to be improved.
Page 202

Page 203

377. Insights, intelligence and other support
7. Insights, intelligence and
other support
All audited bodies
Purpose of section
154. This section of the Code covers specific areas where appointed
auditors are required to provide insights, intelligence and other support.
Statutory reports
Responsibilities of Auditor General and Controller of Audit
155. Section 22 of the Public Finance and Accountability (Scotland)
Act 2000 gives the Auditor General the power to prepare a report on
matters arising from the audit of the accounts of a public body for which
the Auditor General appoints the external auditor (including the Scottish
Government, NHS bodies, colleges and non-departmental public bodies).
156. The Controller of Audit has a power, or may be required by the
Accounts Commission to, prepare a report on matters arising from
the audit of a local government body under Section 102 of the Local
Government (Scotland) Act 1973. The Commission provides a response
to each report.
157. Reports made under these powers are known as statutory reports.
The Auditor General or Controller of Audit decides who is best placed to
lead the preparation of the statutory report.
Responsibilities of appointed auditors
158. Appointed auditors should alert Audit Scotland of any significant
matters arising during the annual audit which may result in a statutory
report. This brings the matter to the attention to the Auditor General
or the Controller of Audit, as appropriate, who then decides whether a
statutory report should be prepared.
159. It is the responsibility of the appointed auditor to advise the audited
body that a statutory report is to be prepared. Appointed auditors either
lead or support the preparation of statutory reports, and should do so in
compliance with guidance from Audit Scotland.
Page 203

Page 204

7. Insights, intelligence and other support 38
Issues of concern about an audited body
Members of the public
160. Members of the public can contact Audit Scotland where they have
concerns about a public body that falls under the remit of the Auditor
General or the Accounts Commission. An issue of concern includes
weak financial management or a breakdown in governance arrangements
at an audited body. The issue should be raised with the body in the
first instance.
Responsibilities of Audit Scotland
161. Audit Scotland manages correspondence it receives from a member
of the public on an audited body relating to issues of concern. Audit
Scotland shares relevant correspondence with the appointed auditor of
the body to ensure they are aware of the issues of concern that have
been raised.
162. The key factor in determining whether Audit Scotland treats a
matter as an issue of concern is the relevance to the Auditor General or
the Accounts Commission’s role and functions. Audit Scotland make this
judgement using their professional and technical knowledge. The cost of
carrying out such work is also a consideration to ensure resources are
used efficiently.
163. If the matter does not fall within the remit of the Auditor General or
the Commission, it may be redirected to a more appropriate body.
Responsibilities of appointed auditors
164. Appointed auditors should promptly consider any correspondence
shared with them. Auditors may be required to carry out preliminary
enquiries and then decide, in conjunction with Audit Scotland, the
appropriate action to take.
165. Where a case requires work additional to that expected under the
audit appointment, Audit Scotland may commission the necessary work
from the relevant auditor.
Information returns
Responsibilities of Audit Scotland
166. Audit Scotland requires appointed auditors to complete information
returns during the audit appointment. These returns are used for several
purposes including benchmarking, risk assessment, and performance
audit work and programme development.
167. Audit Scotland will ensure the requests are made at an appropriate
time in the audit process.
Page 204

Page 205

7. Insights, intelligence and other support 39
Responsibilities of appointed auditors
168. Auditors should complete information returns with due care and
attention and in accordance with requested timescales.
Duty of care
Responsibilities of audited bodies
169. Audited bodies are responsible for ensuring their reporting and wider
regulatory responsibilities are met and that there is appropriate liaison
with the appointed auditor about timing of regulatory announcements.
170. This does not alter the auditor’s duty of care or powers to report
in public.
Responsibilities of appointed auditors
171. While the results of audits will be made available to the public, the
appointed auditors’ duty of care in respect of the audit of the bodies
covered by the Code formally extends only to:
• for local government bodies: the audited body, the Accounts
Commission, the Controller of Audit and Audit Scotland
• for all other bodies: the audited body, the Auditor General, Audit
Scotland and the Scottish Parliament (under statute, most audited
accounts require to be laid before the Parliament).
172. Appointed auditors do not undertake to have responsibilities to
members, directors, accountable officers, managers or the Scottish
ministers in their individual capacities, or to third parties.
Requests from audited bodies for auditors’ views
Responsibilities of audited bodies
173. Audited bodies may seek appointed auditors’ views on the
regularity, accounting treatment or performance management
implications of transactions, or proposed courses of action, before
embarking upon them.
174. Audited bodies are responsible for deciding whether to embark on
transactions or courses of action. Responses made by auditors should
not be taken by audited bodies as suggesting that proposed transactions
or courses of action will be exempt from challenge in future, whether by
auditors or others entitled to object to them.
Responsibilities of appointed auditors
175. When their views are sought by audited bodies, appointed auditors
should bear in mind that they:
Page 205

Page 206

7. Insights, intelligence and other support 40
• must not allow their independence to be compromised in any way
by involvement in audited bodies’ decision-making
• must comply with ethical standards
• are not financial or legal advisers to audited bodies
• must not act in a way that might compromise their ability to report
on a matter, or to exercise the powers conferred by statute on
them, the Auditor General, the Controller of Audit, the Accounts
Commission or Audit Scotland.
Whistleblowing
176. The Auditor General, the Accounts Commission, Audit Scotland
and appointed auditors are prescribed persons under the Public Interest
Disclosure Act. These prescribed persons consider any relevant concerns
from whistleblowers and investigate further where appropriate.
Data matching
Responsibilities of Audit Scotland
177. Audit Scotland may conduct data matching to compare information
within and between public bodies to identify potential fraudulent
transactions, claims or errors.
178. To this end, Audit Scotland coordinates the National Fraud Initiative
in Scotland which is a data matching exercise. Audit Scotland and
appointed auditors share information on identified frauds and Audit
Scotland provides guidance to support appointed auditors in considering
fraud risks.
Page 206

Page 207

418. Assurance on smaller audited bodies
8. Assurance on smaller
audited bodies
All smaller bodies for the audit of the accounts, wider scope
reporting areas, and Best Value
Purpose of section
179. This section of the Code sets out adaptations to the standard audit
model for defined smaller audited bodies.
Rationale for adaptations for smaller audited bodies
180. A key principle of public audit is proportionality. The Auditor General
and Accounts Commission are clear that the benefit derived from the
independent assurance provided by external audit must be greater
than the cost of delivering the audit. However, the Auditor General and
Commission recognise that may not be the case for bodies with relatively
low expenditure without appropriate adaptations to the audit model.
181. The adaptations to the standard audit model for smaller audited
bodies set out in this Code is intended to provide a proportionate level
of assurance.
Definition of smaller audited body
182. Smaller audited bodies are defined for the audit of the annual
accounts and reporting on specified reporting areas using an expenditure
threshold set by the Auditor General and the Accounts Commission.
However, the Auditor General and the Commission have discretion to
decide that any public body under the threshold should not be treated
as a smaller body. Bodies will remain classified as a smaller audited
body throughout the audit appointment other than in exceptional
circumstances.
183. For reporting on Best Value in local government, bodies other than
councils (including administered pension funds where applicable) and
integration joint boards are treated as quasi smaller bodies.
Audit of the annual accounts
184. As an adaptation to the standard model set out at Section 1 of
this Code, an audit of the annual accounts in accordance with the ISAs
Page 207

Page 208

8. Assurance on smaller audited bodies 42
(UK) is not required for audited bodies that are classified as smaller
audited bodies.
185. Auditors should instead comply with guidance on the audit of
smaller bodies issued by Audit Scotland on behalf of the Auditor General
and Accounts Commission. That guidance supplements this Code and
sets out a framework that is intended to provide a proportionate level of
assurance for smaller bodies. The guidance uses as a reference point the
principles in the International Standard on Review Engagements (ISRE)
2400 issued by the International Auditing and Assurance Standards Board
(IAASB) rather than ISAs (UK).
186. Auditors appointed by the Auditor General have a statutory
responsibility to give an opinion on the regularity of transactions for all
audited bodies. There is therefore no adaptation in this Code to that
requirement for smaller bodies.
Specified reporting areas
187. Auditors appointed by the Auditor General to audit smaller bodies
are required to consider and report conclusions on all four reporting areas
specified in Section 3 of this Code. However, as an adaptation to the
standard model, auditors are required to provide a proportionate level of
assurance on the arrangements in place in each reporting area and for
Best Value.
188. Auditors should comply with guidance on the audit of smaller
bodies issued by Audit Scotland on behalf of the Auditor General
that supplements this Code. The supplementary guidance sets out a
framework for providing a proportionate level of assurance.
Best Value in local government
189. Auditors appointed by the Accounts Commission to audit quasi
smaller bodies, as adaptations to Section 4 of this Code:
• are required to consider how the body demonstrates that it is
meeting its Best Value responsibilities
• should not apply the requirements set out in Section 4 in respect of
considering the Best Value themes
• are required to report a conclusion that gives a proportionate level
of assurance that proper arrangements for Best Value are in place
• should comply with guidance on the audit of smaller bodies issued
by Audit Scotland on behalf of the Accounts Commission that
supplements this Code. The supplementary guidance sets out a
framework for providing a proportionate level of assurance.
Page 208

Page 209

439. Performance audits
9. Performance audits
Purpose of section
190. This section of the Code covers the responsibilities of the Auditor
General, the Accounts Commission, performance auditors, and appointed
auditors for performance audits undertaken by Audit Scotland.
Responsibilities of the Auditor General and the
Accounts Commission
191. The Auditor General has statutory powers to initiate examinations
into the economy, efficiency and effectiveness of certain bodies or
office-holders.
192. The Accounts Commission has statutory powers to undertake
studies into, and publish recommendations made on, improving
economy, efficiency and effectiveness in the provision of services by
local government bodies and Best Value.
193. This Code describes the examinations and studies referred to in the
legislation collectively as performance audits.
194. The Auditor General and the Accounts Commission decide the audit
work that Audit Scotland performance auditors will undertake on their
behalf. They:
• consider factors such as public interest, materiality, the scale of the
issues and the risks involved, whether the work would be timely,
proportionate and be beneficial
• use feedback from stakeholder engagement and consultation,
which includes the Scottish Parliament, the Scottish Government
and local government, to inform the themes and proposed topics
for performance audit work.
Responsibilities of Audit Scotland performance
auditors
195. The performance audit programme of the Auditor General and
Accounts Commission is delivered by performance auditors in Audit
Scotland. Performance auditors deliver the programme in accordance
with Performance Audit Standards issued by the International
Organisation of Supreme Audit Institutions (INTOSAI).
Page 209

Page 210

9. Performance audits 44
196. Performance audit work may focus on a particular audited body or
sector, or consider broader cross-cutting arrangements to track spending
and performance across the whole system of public service delivery. The
sectoral outputs may take the form of overview reports on sectors or
types of bodies. The outputs use information from the audited accounts
and Annual Audit Reports.
197. Performance auditors in Audit Scotland:
• work efficiently to maximise use of resources, minimise duplication
of work and demands on audited bodies by, for example, sharing
relevant information internally within Audit Scotland and with
appointed auditors that could have a bearing or significance on
other audit work
• undertake sufficient relevant collection of evidence to enable
reliable conclusions to be drawn
• review whether audited bodies have properly considered
significant relevant matters that have been identified previously
by inspectorates and other scrutiny bodies, and whether
recommended actions have been implemented
• produce outputs that are accessible and written in plain language,
are open about the scope and limits of the work, and refer to
examples of notable improvement and good practice, as appropriate
• provide audited bodies and relevant third parties with fair
opportunity to comment, particularly to answer any criticism and to
comment on the factual accuracy of the findings
• make recommendations for improvement, where relevant, which
are useful, specific and practicable, in the public interest, and take
account of the expected costs and challenges of implementation.
198. After reporting findings and recommendations, performance
auditors:
• request a response from relevant parties to those findings and
recommendations, and consider whether they are satisfied that
findings and recommendations have been properly considered
• monitor actions taken in response to the recommendations
• comment, as necessary and appropriate, on progress in
implementing recommendations, including in respect of those that
have not been properly considered or acted upon.
Responsibilities of appointed auditors
199. Appointed auditors support the performance audit programme
by providing information and data to, and sharing insights with, Audit
Scotland performance auditors.
Page 210

Page 211

9. Performance audits 45
200. This includes appointed auditors completing information returns
provided by performance auditors. The Auditor General and Commission
expect appointed auditors to:
• complete the information returns taking due care and attention
• agree factual information with the audited body
• submit the completed information returns to Audit Scotland in
accordance with specified timescales
• promptly follow up any reasonable requests for further information
or clarifications.
201. Appointed auditors also have a key role in following up at individual
audited bodies the implementation of recommendations made in
performance audit outputs.
Page 211

Page 212

46Appendix 1. Supplementary guidance and professional standards
Appendix 1. Supplementary
guidance and professional
standards
Purpose of appendix
202. This appendix explains the guidance issued by Audit Scotland
that supplements the Code and sets out the appropriate professional
standards for each element of public audit in Scotland.
Responsibilities of Audit Scotland
203. Audit Scotland issues guidance on behalf of the Auditor General
and the Accounts Commission which supplements this Code. The
supplementary guidance includes:
• detailed requirements with which the auditor must comply in
discharging their responsibilities under the Code (mandatory
guidance)
• material which is intended to inform, rather than direct, auditors
to support a shared understanding of the application of the Code
(advisory guidance).
204. Supplementary guidance issued by Audit Scotland may be updated
during the appointment period to reflect new or emerging risks and
changes in professional requirements.
205. Appointed auditors and other interested parties are consulted on
the content of guidance issued by Audit Scotland in order to achieve a
wide understanding of the issues and risks facing audited bodies and the
practicalities and costs of implementing the proposed audit response.
Status of supplementary guidance
206. Guidance from Audit Scotland that supplements this Code explicitly
states whether it is mandatory or advisory. The status of each type
of guidance, and a non-exhaustive list of examples, is set out in the
following table (page 47):
Page 212

Page 213

Appendix 1. Supplementary guidance and professional standards 47
Type Status Examples
Mandatory
guidance
Guidance with which
auditors are required to
comply in performing the
responsibilities set out in
the Code.
• Guidance on planning annual audits.
• Guidance on Independent Auditors
Reports.
• Guidance on the audit of the accounts of
smaller bodies.
• Guidance on wider scope reporting areas
and Best Value.
• Guidance on claims and returns.
Advisory guidance Guidance with which
auditors are expected to
pay due regard, but may be
able to legitimately justify
not applying depending on
circumstances, ie an ‘apply
or explain’ basis.
If they decide not to apply
it, auditors should clearly
document their reasons.
• Guidance to inform auditors’ judgement on
accounting treatment.
• Responses from consulting with Audit
Scotland on technical accounting matters.
Professional standards
207. The Ethical Standard and Quality management standards issued by
the FRC (or successor body) apply to all audits. The following professional
standards should apply to each element of the annual audit and to
performance audits:
Element of audit Applicable professional standard
Audit of the annual accounts
(except smaller bodies)
ISAs (UK) issued by the FRC (or successor body).
Any international standards issued by the IAASB specified in
guidance from Audit Scotland which may include ISA 810 on
summary financial statements.
Practice Note 10 issued by the Public Audit Forum.
Audit of the annual accounts
(smaller bodies)
Guidance from Audit Scotland that uses as a reference point the
principles in ISRE 2400 issued by the IAASB.
Practice Note 10 (section on regularity only).
Wider scope reporting areas Guidance from Audit Scotland that uses as a reference point the
principles in ISAE (UK) 3000 issued by the FRC.
Best Value arrangements Guidance from Audit Scotland that uses as a reference point the
principles in ISAE (UK) 3000.
Claims and returns Guidance from Audit Scotland that uses as a reference point the
principles in ISRS 4400 Agreed Upon Procedures Engagements
issued by the IAASB.
Performance audits Performance Audit Standards issued by INTOSAI.
Page 213

Page 214

Appendix 1. Supplementary guidance and professional standards 48
Responsibilities of appointed auditors
208. Appointed auditors are required to:
• follow the appropriate professional standard
• contribute as required to consultations on the content of guidance
issued by Audit Scotland
• comply with mandatory guidance
• apply advisory guidance or justify why not applying it was
appropriate in the circumstances.
Page 214

Page 215

49Appendix 2. Parties in public audit in Scotland
Appendix 2. Parties in public
audit in Scotland
Purpose of appendix
209. This appendix explains the main parties involved in public audit
in Scotland.
The Auditor General for Scotland
210. The Auditor General is an independent Crown appointment, made
on the recommendation of the Scottish Parliament under the Scotland
Act 1998. The Auditor General is independent and not subject to the
control of any member of the Scottish Government or the Parliament.
211. The Auditor General is responsible under the Public Finance and
Accountability (Scotland) Act 2000 for appointing independent auditors to
audit the accounts of most public bodies in Scotland, except for the local
government sector.
212. The following bodies are within the audit remit of the Auditor
General:
• the Scottish Government, its executive agencies and its
non-ministerial departments
• Scottish Parliamentary Corporate Body and Commissioners and
ombudsman
Auditor General for
Scotland
responsibilities under the
Scotland Act 1998 and
the Public Finance and
Accountability (Scotland)
Act 2000
Audit Scotland
established under the Public Finance and Accountability (Scotland)
Act 2000 to support close working between the Auditor General and
Accounts Commission
Accounts Commission
for Scotland
responsibilities under
the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 1973
Page 215

Page 216

Appendix 2. Parties in public audit in Scotland 50
• non-departmental public bodies
• National Health Service bodies
• further education colleges
• some public corporations.
213. Audited accounts and reports by the Auditor General are sent to
Scottish ministers to be laid before the Scottish Parliament.
214. The Auditor General may initiate examinations into the economy,
efficiency and effectiveness with which relevant public bodies have used
resources in discharging their functions, and Best Value.
The Accounts Commission for Scotland
215. The Accounts Commission is an independent public body. Its
members are appointed by Scottish ministers to hold local government
to account. The Accounts Commission was established under the Local
Government (Scotland) Act 1973. The following bodies are within the
remit of the Accounts Commission:
• councils
• Integration Joint Boards
• local government committees, pension funds, joint committees and
joint boards
• trustees for charities, foundations, mortification or other purpose
where a council or some of its members are the sole trustees
• Transport Partnerships created under the Transport (Scotland)
Act 2005.
216. The Accounts Commission has five principal responsibilities:
• Securing the external audit of local government bodies’ accounts
and the audit of Best Value and community planning.
• Considering reports made by the Controller of Audit; making
recommendations to Scottish ministers and to local government
bodies; and advising Scottish ministers on matters relating to the
accounting of local government.
• Carrying out or promoting national performance audit work to
improve economy, efficiency and effectiveness, improving financial
or other management and in relation to Best Value.
• Issuing a Statutory Direction to local government bodies which
sets out certain performance information that they are required
to publish.
• Coordinating the scrutiny of local government in Scotland.
Page 216

Page 217

Appendix 2. Parties in public audit in Scotland 51
217. The Accounts Commission has the power to make findings
and reports, to make recommendations to Scottish ministers and
local government bodies, and to hold public hearings. In specific
circumstances involving illegal expenditure or financial loss, the Accounts
Commission may impose sanctions including censure, suspension or
disqualification of councillors from office.
Controller of Audit
218. Under the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973, the Accounts
Commission appoints a Controller of Audit to consider the results of the
audit of accounts and Best Value. The Controller of Audit makes reports
to the Accounts Commission on matters arising from the accounts and
on Best Value and acts independently of the Accounts Commission
when reporting to it.
Audit Scotland
219. Audit Scotland is a statutory body established under the Public
Finance and Accountability (Scotland) Act 2000. It is Scotland’s national
public sector audit agency which provides the Auditor General and
the Accounts Commission with the services they need to carry out
their duties.
220. Audit Scotland is governed by a board consisting of a non-
executive board chair and two non-executive members (all appointed
by the Scottish Commission for Public Audit, a commission of the
Scottish Parliament), the Auditor General and the chair of the Accounts
Commission. The Auditor General is designated Audit Scotland’s
Accountable Officer and is responsible for the financial arrangements of
Audit Scotland.
221. Audit Scotland aims to ensure that public audit in Scotland:
• is delivered to the highest professional, technical and ethical
standards
• makes a positive difference to how public money is spent, Best
Value and the outcomes that people experience
• provides insights into what works and what needs to improve
• offers foresight on future risks and opportunities for improvement.
222. Audit Scotland supports the Auditor General and the Accounts
Commission in the independent appointment of auditors, delivers the
respective performance audit and Best Value work programmes of
the Auditor General and the Accounts Commission and undertakes
many of the annual financial audits of public bodies across Scotland’s
public sector.
Page 217

Page 218

Appendix 2. Parties in public audit in Scotland 52
223. Audit Scotland also has a key leadership role in ensuring that public
audit in Scotland is independent, objective, politically neutral and adds
value. It does this through coordinating and supporting the delivery of
high-quality public audit in Scotland in consultation with key stakeholders.
It provides technical audit support and works with professional regulators,
audit and accountancy bodies and firms, to promote and strengthen
public audit and improve financial and performance reporting by public
bodies. This includes preparing guidance on technical auditing and
accounting issues and on planning, conducting and reporting the audit.
Auditors appointed by the Auditor General and the
Accounts Commission
224. Auditors appointed by the Auditor General and the Accounts
Commission undertake the audit of accounts, wider scope reporting
areas and Best Value, and other matters specified by this Code.
225. Once appointed, auditors act independently in carrying out their
responsibilities and in exercising professional judgement.
226. The appointed auditor reports to the audited body and others on the
results of audit work.
227. Appointed auditor responsibilities are derived from statute, relevant
professional standards, other professional requirements and best practice,
this Code and guidance from Audit Scotland.
228. Weaknesses or risks, including fraud and other irregularities,
identified by auditors are only those which come to their attention during
their normal audit work in accordance with the Code and may not be all
that exist.
Page 218

Page 219

53Appendix 3. Statutory responsibilities
Appendix 3. Statutory
responsibilities
Purpose of schedule
229. This Schedule of the Code sets out the statutory responsibilities
of the Auditor General, Accounts Commission, Controller of Audit and
appointed auditors.
Auditor General legislation
Responsibility
Reference in
Public Finance and
Accountability
(Scotland) Act 2000
This section and Section 22 apply to any account which is, required to
be audited by the Auditor General.
It is for the Auditor General personally to decide who is to audit the
account.
The account is to be audited by the Auditor General, or a qualified
person appearing to the Auditor General to be suitable for appointment.
Section 21
Appointed auditors’ reports must set out their findings on:
• whether the expenditure and receipts shown in the accounts were
incurred or applied in accordance with:
– any enactment by virtue of which the expenditure was incurred or
the income received 
– the Budget Act(s) for the financial year
– Sections 4 to 7 (relating to the Scottish Consolidated Fund)
• where sums have been paid out of the Fund for the purpose of
meeting such expenditure, whether the sums were applied in
accordance with Section 65 of the Scotland Act 1998
• whether the expenditure and receipts shown in the accounts were
incurred or applied in accordance with any applicable guidance issued
by the Scottish ministers
• whether the accounts comply with any applicable direction by virtue
of any enactment.
Section 22(1)
Appointed auditors must send the accounts to the Auditor General who
may prepare a statutory report on the accounts under Section 22 of the
2000 Act.
Section 22(3)
Cont.
Page 219

Page 220

Appendix 3. Statutory responsibilities 54
Responsibility
Reference in
Public Finance and
Accountability
(Scotland) Act 2000
The Auditor General may initiate examinations into the economy,
efficiency and effectiveness with which bodies and officeholders have
used their resources in discharging their functions.
Section 23(1)
The range of bodies where an examination under Section 23(1) may
be carried out includes all those required to be audited by the Auditor
General and any other body specified by the Scottish ministers.
Section 23(2) to (5)
It is for the Auditor General personally to initiate an examination under
this section and to decide who is to carry out the examination.
Section 23(8)
The examiner is not entitled to question the merits of the policy
objectives of the body, but may consider the appropriateness of any
criteria used by the body to assess use of resources.
Section 23(9)
The auditor or examiner has the right of access to documents and
information which they may reasonably require to enable them to
discharge their responsibilities. Auditors and examiners may also require
from any person holding, or accountable for, any such document any
assistance, information or explanation which they reasonably think
necessary.
Section 24
Accounts Commission audits
Responsibility
Reference in Local
Government (Scotland)
Act 1973
The accounts of every local authority requires to be audited by a
professional accountant, who is either a member of the staff of Audit
Scotland or is an approved auditor appointed by the Commission.
Section 96(4)
In auditing the accounts, appointed auditors are required to satisfy
themselves that:
• the accounts have been prepared in accordance with all applicable
statutory requirements
• proper accounting practices have been observed in the preparation of
the accounts
• the body has made proper arrangements for securing Best Value and
is complying with its community planning duties
• councils have made arrangements for collecting, recording and
publishing prescribed performance information
• hear any objection to the financial statements lodged by an
interested person.
Section 99
Cont.
Page 220

Page 221

Appendix 3. Statutory responsibilities 55
Responsibility
Reference in Local
Government (Scotland)
Act 1973
An auditor has a right of access at all reasonable times to all such
documents relating to the accounts of a local government body
necessary to examine for the purpose of auditing those accounts.
Auditors are entitled to require from any officer of that body or any other
person holding or accountable for any such document such information
and explanation as they think necessary.
Section 100
Where any person objects to the accounts of a local government body,
the auditor is required, if so requested by that person or the members
or officers of the body, to afford the opportunity of appearing before
and being heard by the auditor.
Section 101(1) to (3)
Within fourteen days of the completion of the audit, auditors are
required to place on the audited accounts a certificate, in such form as
the Commission may direct, to the effect that the accounts have been
audited in accordance with the provisions of the Act.
Section 101(4)
The Controller of Audit may, and if required by the Accounts
Commission must, submit reports to the Commission about:
• the audited accounts of local government bodies
• any matters arising that the Controller of Audit considers should be
considered by the body or brought to the attention of the public
• the performance of a local government body of their duties relating to
Best Value and community planning.
Section 102(1)
The Controller of Audit may make a special report to the Accounts
Commission where the Controller is of the opinion that:
• an item of account is contrary to law
• there has been a failure to bring into account a sum which ought to
have been brought into account
• a loss has been incurred or deficiency caused by the negligence or
misconduct of a person, or by the failure of a body to carry out a
statutory duty
• a sum has been credited or debited to the wrong account.
Section 102(3)
The Accounts Commission may direct the Controller of Audit to carry
out further investigations, hold a public hearing or state its findings.
Section 103B
The Accounts Commission has powers to undertake or promote
comparative and other studies designed to enable it to make and
publish recommendations for:
• the securing by local government bodies of Best Value
• improving economy, efficiency and effectiveness in the provision of
services by local government bodies
• improving the financial or other management of local government
bodies.
Section 97A
Cont.
Page 221

Page 222

Appendix 3. Statutory responsibilities 56
Responsibility
Reference in Local
Government (Scotland)
Act 1973
Section 97B of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973 covers
the requirement of bodies and individuals to provide information and
documents to the Accounts Commission, including in relation to the
Commission’s powers under Section 97A of the Act.
Section 97B
The Accounts Commission, at the request of the Secretary of State,
can conduct studies designed to improve economy, efficiency,
effectiveness and quality of performance in the discharge by local
authorities of functions relating to the administration of housing benefit.
Section 105A
Page 222

Page 223

57Glossary
Glossary
Term Definition
Accountable Officer Accountable Officers have personal responsibility for the propriety and
regularity of the finances of the part of the Scottish Administration
or public body for which they are answerable to Parliament, and for
ensuring the economic, efficient, and effective use of resources.
Accountable Officer responsibilities are set out in the Public Finance
and Accountability (Scotland) Act 2000 and detailed in the Scottish
Public Finance Manual.
Annual accounts (or
accounts)
The suite of financial statements and related reports that must be
prepared and published by an audited body and subjected to audit.
Appointed auditor (or
auditor)
External auditors of public bodies appointed by the Accounts
Commission under Section 97 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act
1973 or the Auditor General under Section 21 of the Public Finance and
Accountability (Scotland) Act 2000. These include appointed auditors in
Audit Scotland and appointed firms.
Audit Quality
Framework
The framework sets out the arrangements for assessing the quality of
work delivered by appointed auditors. The framework is maintained and
delivered independently of appointed auditors by Audit Scotland.
Audited body A body (or account) for which the Auditor General or the Accounts
Commission is responsible for appointing an auditor, comprising
the members of the body (for example, elected members of a local
government body or executive and non-executive directors of NHS
bodies), an Accountable Officer, management and other officers, as
appropriate.
Annual Audit Report A report issued by appointed auditors at the conclusion of the year’s
audit setting out:
• significant matters arising from the audit of annual accounts
• conclusions and recommendations on the arrangements in wider
scope reporting areas and arrangements for securing Best Value.
See also Independent Auditor’s Report.
Assurance framework
for smaller bodies
A framework set out in supplementary guidance that provides a
proportionate level of assurance for audited bodies that meet the
definition of ‘smaller audited body’ specified by the Auditor General and
Accounts Commission.
Best Value The specific responsibility on local government bodies and the
Accountable Officer of other public bodies to make arrangements to
secure continuous improvement in the delivery of public services.
Cont.
Page 223

Page 224

Glossary 58
Term Definition
Code (the) The Code of Audit Practice prepared by Audit Scotland and issued on
behalf of the Auditor General and the Accounts Commission. Appointed
auditors are required to comply with the Code’s requirements and
guidance that supplements the Code that is described as mandatory.
Controller of Audit The officer appointed by the Accounts Commission to report to them
on matters arising from the audit of the accounts and the audit of Best
Value.
Engagement Lead The person with primary responsibility for delivering the annual audit
or performance audit. The engagement lead on an annual audit is
the appointed auditor where it is carried out by Audit Scotland or the
individual signing on behalf of an appointed firm.
Ethical Standard Standard of ethical conduct issued by the Financial Reporting Council
intended to maintain integrity, independence and objectivity that
appointed auditors are required to comply with when conducting their
work.
Financial Reporting
Council
The Financial Reporting Council (FRC) is responsible in the UK for
issuing auditing, ethical and quality management standards to financial
auditors.
References to FRC in the Code should be read to apply to any
successor body as appropriate.
Financial Reporting
Framework
A financial reporting framework is a set of rules, standards, and
guidelines that set out how audited bodies prepare, measure, and
present their annual accounts ensuring transparency, consistency, and
comparability for users.
Financial statements Statements that audited bodies are required to prepare setting out what
they spend and receive and what they own and owe. They are a key
element of the annual accounts.
Financial sustainability Looking forward to the medium and longer term to consider whether
an audited body is planning effectively to continue to deliver its services
and the way in which they should be delivered.
Firms The private sector bodies appointed by the Auditor General or the
Accounts Commission to deliver audits under the Code.
Good practice Methods, procedures, or approaches used by audited bodies that
auditors consider to be particularly effective, efficient, and beneficial,
and that go beyond basic requirements or standard procedures, and
results in a higher level of quality, performance, or outcomes.
It is different to ‘best practice’ which represents the most effective or
efficient approach among all known options.
(Annual) Governance
Statement
Audited bodies are required to prepare a governance statement
alongside their financial statements. It brings together in one place an
audited body’s disclosures about its governance framework, including
risk management and internal control, and how this has operated during
the year.
Cont.
Page 224

Page 225

Glossary 59
Term Definition
Guidance Guidance (both mandatory or advisory) issued by Audit Scotland on
behalf of the Auditor General and the Accounts Commission which
supplements this Code.
Independent Auditor’s
Report
This report sets out in accordance with ISA (UK) 700 the auditor’s
opinions on the financial statements and other reports within an audited
body’s annual accounts.
See also Annual Audit Report.
International Standards
on Auditing
Standards issued by the FRC that apply to the audit of the annual
accounts that is intended to give reasonable assurance.
International
Standard on Review
Engagements 2400
Standard issued by the IAASB that applies to a review of the annual
accounts. The standard does not apply directly but is used as a key
reference point for Audit Scotland guidance on the audit of smaller
bodies.
International Standard
on Assurance
Engagements (UK)
3000
Standard issued by the FRC that applies to engagements where the
subject matter is not historical financial information. The standard does
not apply directly but is used as a key reference point for Audit Scotland
guidance on wider scope reporting areas and Best Value.
Local government
bodies
Councils, joint boards, committees, pension funds, integration joint
boards and other bodies established under the Local Government
(Scotland) Act 1973, as amended.
Pay due regard to The Code requires appointed auditors to ‘pay due regard to’ some
guidance provided by Audit Scotland on behalf of the Auditor General
and Accounts Commission. This means that appointed auditors must
take into account the guidance, and if they decide not to follow it,
they must give clear (in the sense of objective, proper, and legitimate)
reasons within audit documentation as to why they have not followed
the guidance.
Performance Audit
Standard
The authoritative international standard on public sector performance
auditing issued by the International Organisation of Supreme Audit
Institutions.
Professional standards Standards which auditors are required to comply with when conducting
work required by this Code as set out in Appendix 1.
Regularity This is the collective term for the statutory responsibility of auditors
appointed by the Auditor General to report whether expenditure and
income have been incurred or applied in accordance with applicable
legislation or guidance issued by the Scottish ministers.
Should Appointed auditors’ compliance with the Code is mandatory. The use
of ‘should’ highlights a specific requirement placed on the auditor within
the Code (and mandatory supporting guidance).
Cont.
Page 225

Page 226

Glossary 60
Term Definition
Significance The concept of ‘significance’ applies to the appointed auditor’s
consideration of the wider scope reporting areas and Best Value that
are not addressed by the assessment of materiality for the audit of the
annual accounts. A matter is significant if, in the auditor’s professional
view, it is reasonable to conclude that the matter would be of
importance to the Auditor General, Accounts Commission, Controller
of Audit, or those charged with governance at the audited body, or is
otherwise in the public interest. Significance has both qualitative and
quantitative aspects.
Smaller audited body Adaptations to the standard audit model are permitted for bodies that
meet the definition of ‘smaller audited body’ specified by the Auditor
General and Accounts Commission. The key condition is met for a body
if the body’s gross expenditure does not exceed a level specified by the
Auditor General and Accounts Commission.
Those charged with
governance
The persons with responsibility for overseeing the strategic direction of
the audited body and obligations related to its accountability, including
overseeing the financial reporting process.
Whole of Government
Accounts
The Whole of Government Accounts are the consolidated financial
statements for the whole of the UK public sector, showing what the
UK Government spends and receives, and what it owns and owes.
Wider scope This describes the concept that the audit of a public body has a scope
that is wider than in the private sector. This includes Best Value in local
government and wider scope reporting areas in other sectors.
Wider scope reporting
areas
Auditors appointed by the Auditor General are required by this Code
to report conclusions on whether audited bodies have made proper
arrangements in the four reporting areas of financial management;
financial sustainability; vision, leadership and governance; and use of
resources to improve outcomes.
Page 226

Page 227

Code of Audit Practice
2026
Audit Scotland, 4th Floor, 102 West Port, Edinburgh EH3 9DN
Phone: 0131 625 1500 www.audit.scot
ISBN 978 1 918486 15 5
Page 227

Page 228

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 229

The National Fraud
Initiative in
Scotland 2026
Prepared by Audit Scotland
August 2026
Page 229

Page 230

2The National Fraud Initiative in Scotland 2026
Contents
Key facts 3
Key messages 4
Recommendations 5
Introduction 6
1. Overall outcomes 9
2. Delivering and developing the NFI 
in Scotland 14
3. Analysis by outcome area  18
Appendix 27
Accessibility
You can find out more and read this report using assistive
technology on our website www.audit.scot/accessibility.
Page 230

Page 231

3Key factsKey facts
Key facts
127 Organisations mandated to participate in the NFI
in Scotland
1,000+ Organisations participating in the NFI across the UK
£201m Cumulative outcomes in Scotland since
participation began in 2006/07
Outcomes reported in Scotland – two years to 31 March 2026
£6.0m Overpayments and additional income
£8.9m Roll forward estimated savings and
additional income
£6.8m Notional outcome estimates
£21.7m Total outcomes
Main areas of saving
£4.8m Pensions
£4.1m Council tax single person discounts
£1.7m Council tax reduction scheme relief
£1.1m Duplicate creditor payments
£0.8m Non-domestic rates small business bonus scheme
£0.6m Social care payments
Page 231

Page 232

4Key messages
Key messages
Key messages
Key messages
The National Fraud Initiative (NFI) continues to play a key
role in the battle against fraud and error across the public
sector in Scotland and the rest of the United Kingdom. Data
is matched across a range of systems and between bodies
every two years, to identify matches and anomalies worthy
of further review and investigation.
1 The NFI remains vitally important at a time of ongoing financial
pressures across the public sector. In addition to the monetary
outcomes identified by bodies participating, it also helps
deter fraud and can provide wider assurance that controls are
working effectively.
2 The 2024/25 NFI data matching exercise identified £21.7 million
of outcomes. There was a slight fall in overall outcomes when
compared to the previous NFI exercise, but this is due mainly
to reduced savings from housing benefits as the number of
recipients continues to fall. Excluding housing benefits, other
outcomes identified by Scottish bodies have increased overall.
3 Delivery of the NFI is improving, with auditors reporting
fewer significant issues than in previous exercises. Following
up matches plays an important role in supporting the
effectiveness of the NFI but, in some cases, there is scope for
this to be timelier and better focused. This reflects both the
complexity of this work and the availability of staff to support
it. We will continue to work with public bodies to support
effective and efficient delivery of the NFI through our ongoing
engagement activities.
Page 232

Page 233

5RecommendationsRecommendations
Recommendations
Participating bodies should:
• Use the NFI self-appraisal checklist as part of planning for the 2026/27 exercise,
and ensure the planned approach is clearly articulated and optimises the use of
available resources to address risks and maximise savings.
• Review payroll to payroll matches as soon as reports become available and follow
up all full-time to full-time matches immediately.
• Put in place arrangements for regular monitoring of follow-up activity and, where
necessary, seek to understand reasons for low or nil outcomes.
• Address any NFI delivery issues raised by auditors in their annual audit reports.
Page 233

Page 234

6Introduction
Introduction
The National Fraud Initiative (NFI) enables participating
bodies to proactively detect and prevent fraud using data
matching. It allows the identification of savings, acts as a
wider deterrent, and can also provide assurance that
financial controls are working as intended.
The National Fraud Initiative
1. The NFI is a biennial proactive data matching exercise designed to
identify and prevent fraud. It remains vitally important during a time of
ongoing financial pressure across the public sector. The widespread
availability of artificial intelligence also has the potential to support more
sophisticated fraud attempts. The Public Sector Fraud Authority (PSFA)
leads on the delivery of the NFI in England and facilitates it across the
UK. Audit Scotland lead on the delivery of the exercise in Scotland. How
the NFI works is outlined in Exhibit 1.
Exhibit 1. 
How the biennial NFI exercise works
Data matching exercise every
two years in partnership with the 
Public Sector Fraud Authority
Participating
bodies submit
data to a secure
website
The NFI system
matches data within
and between bodies to
identify anomalies
Potential
anomalies called
‘matches’ are
reported to
participating
bodies to review,
investigate and
record outcomes
Auditors
monitor
participating
bodies’
progress
NFI outcomes
are reported by
participating
bodies, auditors
and Audit Scotland
Source: Audit Scotland
Page 234

Page 235

Introduction 7
2. The NFI can help identify and prevent a range of fraud, with past
successes and ongoing matches acting as an overall wider deterrent.
The types of fraud the NFI can help identify and prevent include:
• fraudulent payments of wages and salaries, pensions, and amounts
to suppliers
• fraudulent claims for benefits, discounts and reliefs
• tenancy fraud
• fraudulent use of Blue Badges (disabled parking permits) and
concessionary travel passes.
The NFI acts as a deterrent and has wider benefits
3. In addition to the monetary outcomes it delivers, the NFI also
generates wider benefits which can be more difficult to quantify. These
include its fraud deterrent effect, and the assurance it can provide to
bodies where no issues are identified (Exhibit 2).
Exhibit 2. 
Wider benefits of the National Fraud Initiative
Monetary outcomes
Helps identify and recover
substantial sums lost to fraud
and error.
Deterrence
Discourages fraud and error
through the threat of detection.
Identifying control
weaknesses
Highlights areas where fraud
prevention controls need to be
strengthened.
Providing wider assurance
Demonstrates that robust
measures are in place to protect
public funds.
Source: Audit Scotland
Page 235

Page 236

Introduction 8
Statutory basis for the NFI
4. Audit Scotland works with a range of Scottish public bodies and their
external auditors using powers introduced by the Criminal Justice and
Licensing (Scotland) Act 2010 and incorporated into Part 2A of the
Public Finance and Accountability (Scotland) Act 2000. These powers
enable personal data to be matched for the purpose of assisting in the
prevention and detection of fraud.
5. Audit Scotland is responsible for maintaining a Code of data
matching practice which all bodies participating in the exercise
subscribe to and observe. The code helps ensure that the exercise is
properly controlled, and that data is handled in accordance with the law.
6. The Code of data matching practice is in the process of being updated.
The revised version has recently been out for consultation in advance of
the next NFI exercise which is due to start with data submission in the
autumn of 2026.
Elements of UK-wide data are shared with the
private sector to support fraud detection
7. In recent years, and in line with the data sharing principles in the UK
Economic Crime Plan, the PSFA has been facilitating search access to
the NFI data pool for a number of private sector bodies. This allows it to
undertake point of application checks to flag potential fraud, including, for
example, highlighting where applicants for services misrepresent their
identity or residency.
8. The PSFA considers this to be an appropriate use of the data collected
as it contributes to the detection and prevention of fraud in the UK. The
outcomes of this work are not allocated or apportioned across different
areas of the UK and are not included in the totals within this report.
Bodies that participate in the NFI
9. Audit Scotland has the power to mandate NFI participation of public
bodies that are audited by the Auditor General for Scotland and Accounts
Commission for Scotland. In 2024/25, we mandated 127 bodies to
take part. In addition to mandated bodies many councils also submit
payroll data for their arm’s-length external organisations (ALEOs) and for
Valuation Joint Boards.
10. Across the UK there are around 1,000 bodies participating in the NFI.
Data matching takes place across them all. Full details of participating
Scottish bodies can be found on the Audit Scotland website.
Reporting NFI
results over time 
By using GDP
deflators to adjust
actual overpayments
and additional
income, and the latest
PSFA multipliers to
recalculate notional
outcomes and
estimates, we have
adjusted previously
reported results
into 2024/25 prices.
This makes values
and trends more
comparable over time
and, where we use
these adjusted figures
within this report,
we refer to them as
real terms.
Details of the PSFA
methodology used
for the calculation of
savings estimates
and the notional value
of prevented fraud
can be found in the
Appendix.
Page 236

Page 237

91. Overall outcomes
1. Overall outcomes
Reported NFI outcomes fell in real terms from £22.1 million
to £21.7 million in the most recent exercise, due largely to a
fall in housing benefit savings. Excluding housing benefit,
other outcomes identified by Scottish bodies increased
overall.
Overall outcomes have fallen slightly in real terms
11. Since participation started in 2006/07, around £201 million of cash
outcomes have been reported from the NFI in Scotland. In real terms,
outcomes from recent exercises average over £20 million biennially.
While outcomes fell by £0.4 million between 2022/23 and 2024/25, the
NFI continues to make a positive contribution across the public sector in
Scotland (Exhibit 3).
Exhibit 3. 
NFI outcomes by exercise and type
In real terms, outcomes reported in 2024/25 fell slightly.
Notional outcome estimates:
not directly linked to actual
overpayments or additional income,
eg blue badges, housing tenancy
and waiting lists
Forward savings estimates: from
overpayments, additional income
and prevented fraud
Actual overpayments and
additional income
2018/19 2020/21 2022/23 2024/25
7.1 5.4 6.3 6.0
9.3
7.7
9.7 8.9
3.3
5.7
6.0 6.8
£19.8m £18.8m
£22.1m £21.7m
Note on adjustments to prior years: £0.91 million notional outcomes relating to 2020/21 were
previously reported for the first time in 2022/23 and these have now been moved to 2020/21.
A further £0.35 million of council tax savings has been removed from 2022/23 following clarification
that the amount did not arise from NFI activity. £0.18 million of concessionary travel outcomes in
2022/23 have been reclassified from notional to actual. 
Source: Audit Scotland analysis of NFI outcomes data
Page 237

Page 238

1. Overall outcomes 10
12. Outcomes reported as part of the NFI 2024/25 include £6.0 million
of actual overpayments and additional income. Participants estimate
that 96 per cent of this, around £5.7 million, is available for recovery and
collection directly benefiting participating body finances.
13. Reported outcomes also include £8.9 million of forward savings
estimates which may also impact participating body finances.
For example, the removal of single person discounts or council tax
reduction scheme reliefs has the potential to increase the amount of
council tax collectable in future years.
14. Other notional outcomes of £6.8 million are also reported. These
are estimates of the value of other fraud and error where amounts are
not directly recoverable, collectable or avoided. There may be some
indirect impact on participating body finances, for example, through
reduced homelessness costs when a tenancy is recovered, or potential
for increased income from parking charges if a blue badge is taken out
of circulation.
Most outcomes arise from the matching of council
datasets, but participants from other sectors
have identified duplicate creditor payments and
payroll fraud
15. The NFI matches data from a range of service areas, and savings
accrue in the main to the bodies responsible for the relevant income
and payments streams. Many participating bodies only submit payroll
and creditor payments datasets for matching, enabling organisations to
identify duplicate payments and payroll fraud.
16. Councils also submit a range of other datasets giving rise to
significant outcomes. As well as recurring council dataset submissions,
matching of social care payments was reintroduced in 2025 and two
non-domestic rates small business bonus scheme matching runs have
also been included in 2024/25.
17. The Scottish Public Pensions Agency submits pensions data and the
Student Awards Agency for Scotland submits details of student loans.
Outcomes by data matching are as shown in Exhibit 4 (page 11).
Page 238

Page 239

1. Overall outcomes 11
Exhibit 4. 
NFI outcomes by data match area
Outcomes from housing benefits and council tax single person discounts have fallen
while those for creditors and the council tax reduction scheme have risen.
Council Tax SPD
Blue Badges
Non-Domestic Rates
Pensions
Housing Benefit
Housing Tenancy
Council Tax Reduction Scheme
Housing waiting lists
Creditors
Concessionary Bus Travel
Payroll
Care Home Payments
Council Tax SPD
Blue Badges
Non-Domestic Rates
Pensions
Housing Benefit
Housing Tenancy
Council Tax Reduction Scheme
Housing waiting Lists
Creditors
Concessionary Bus Travel
Payroll
Care Home Payments
Council Tax SPD
Blue Badges
Non-Domestic Rates
Pensions
Housing Benefit
Housing Tenancy
Council Tax Reduction Scheme
Housing waiting lists
Creditors
Concessionary Bus Travel
Payroll
Care Home Payments
0 £1m £2m £3m £4m £5m £6m
Overpayments and
additional income
Forward savings
estimates
Notional outcome
estimates
2024/25
2022/23
2020/21
Source: Audit Scotland analysis of NFI outcomes data
Page 239

Page 240

1. Overall outcomes 12
When the fall in housing benefit savings is excluded,
the outcomes in other areas identified by Scottish
bodies have increased
18. Housing benefit savings, pensions and council tax single person
discounts (CTSPD) are the main areas of decline in 2024/25. Housing
benefit savings continue to fall as claimants migrate to universal credit.
And more councils have moved to the use of third-party providers for
matching and follow up of CTSPD. Pensions outcomes remain volatile,
being affected by speed of follow up and the age of pensioners who
pass away.
19. When the decline in housing benefit savings is excluded there has
been an overall increase in outcomes identified by Scottish bodies.
Movements in outcomes by data match area are shown in Exhibit 5.
Exhibit 5. 
Movements in NFI outcomes: 2022/23 to 2023/24
When the decline in housing benefit savings is excluded, there has been an overall
increase in outcomes.
Non-Domestic Rates
Council Tax Reduction Scheme
Care Home Payments
Housing waiting lists
Housing Tenancy
Creditors
Blue Badges
Payroll
Concessionary Bus Travel
Council Tax SPD
Pensions
Housing Benefit
Overpayments and
additional income
Forward savings
estimates
Notional outcome
estimates
0 £0.5m£-0.5m£-1.0m£-1.5m £1.0m
£3.7m
£-2.3m
Source: Audit Scotland analysis of NFI outcomes data
Page 240

Page 241

1. Overall outcomes 13
20. There have been increases in outcomes and savings from
non-domestic rates small business bonus scheme due to additional
matching runs, and from the reintroduction of mortality screening of
social care payments. There has also been additional income from the
removal of council tax reduction scheme reliefs and increased savings
from the identification of duplicate creditor payments. More housing
tenancies have been recovered and more applicants removed from
housing waiting lists. Details about individual match areas can be found
in Part 3.
Page 241

Page 242

142. Delivering and developing the NFI in Scotland
2. Delivering and developing
the NFI in Scotland
NFI delivery remains generally sound, with fewer bodies
assessed as having significant issues in 2024/25. However,
in many cases follow-up activity could be timelier and
better focused.
The NFI in Scotland supports good financial
governance and is being delivered effectively
21. The NFI forms an integral part of the financial governance
arrangements of participating bodies and is usually referenced in fraud
strategies and policies. Some bodies also make explicit reference to the
exercise in their annual governance statements that form part of their
annual accounts.
22. We ask auditors to assess NFI data submission and follow-up activity
by participating bodies and to provide a Red, Amber, Green assessment.
Auditor responses from the last three exercises are summarised by
sector in Exhibit 6 (page 15), with fewer bodies assessed by their
auditors as having significant issues with delivery in 2024/25.
23. In 2024/25, both data submission and follow-up of match reports
were assessed by auditors as satisfactory or generally satisfactory in
most cases. A small number of bodies were assessed as having more
significant issues with delivery. Two bodies were assessed as having
fundamental issues with submission of datasets for matching (five bodies
received red ratings in 2022/23).
Page 242

Page 243

2. Delivering and developing the NFI in Scotland 15
Exhibit 6. 
Auditor assessments of NFI delivery by sector
Fewer bodies have been assessed as having significant issues with delivery in 2024/25.
0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
2020/21
2022/23
2024/25
0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
2020/21
2022/23
2024/25
0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
2020/21
2022/23
2024/25
0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
2020/21
2022/23
2024/25
Satisfactory/
generally satisfactory
Significant issues More fundamental issues
Local government
NHS
Central government
Colleges
Source: Audit Scotland analysis of auditor returns
Page 243

Page 244

2. Delivering and developing the NFI in Scotland 16
The importance of effective follow-up activity and
the self-appraisal checklist
24. The more effective NFI follow-up activity is, the greater the
outcomes and benefits from the data matching exercise. This includes
its deterrence effect, something that may potentially have wider benefit
extending beyond participating bodies.
25. Effective local delivery of NFI requires effective project management
by an NFI key contact with suitable authority and sufficient time to
coordinate the exercise. A high-level commitment to the exercise from
senior management and those charged with governance also helps
ensure an appropriate scrutiny of approach, and accountability for delivery.
It is important that follow-up activity is timely and properly focused.
26. We have produced an NFI self-appraisal checklist for participating
bodies to consider as part of the planning process for the 2026/27 NFI.
It includes key scrutiny questions for those charged with governance
alongside information for coordinating NFI delivery.
We continue to consider how best to develop and
expand the NFI to make it more effective
27. We continue to work with auditors and public bodies to support
the delivery of an effective NFI in Scotland. This includes regular
consideration of the following important areas:
• Inclusion of new public sector bodies: we mandated 127 bodies to
participate in the 2024/25 exercise. This does not include all public
bodies in Scotland, for example 30 smaller central government
bodies were not included, primarily due to their size. We will
consider expansion of the exercise during discussion of fees with
the PSFA.
• Refreshing NFI governance arrangements: ensuring the Code of
data matching practice, NFI privacy notice and other documentation
reflects legislative and technological developments and remain fit
for purpose.
• Giving due consideration to how best use can be made of artificial
intelligence as part of the NFI exercise, and across public bodies,
to address more sophisticated frauds while remaining compliant
with relevant legislation.
28. As part of our work to consider how to ensure that the NFI remains
an important and effective mechanism that supports the Scottish public
sector we are undertaking specific work in three important areas:
• We are currently working with Social Security Scotland on a pilot
exercise checking residency of welfare payment recipients. The
pilot has cleared the initial governance stage and is proceeding to
Page 244

Page 245

2. Delivering and developing the NFI in Scotland 17
data matching. If the pilot identifies significant levels of fraud, we
will incorporate the match into future NFI exercises from 2028/29.
• We are working with the City of Edinburgh Council on a pilot
exercise to detect and prevent fraudulent social housing subletting
via an online marketplace and hospitality brokerage website.
• In our last report, The National Fraud Initiative in Scotland 2024,
we reported that we had invited a number of housing associations
to participate in the 2024/25 NFI on a voluntary pilot basis. We
were unable to secure voluntary participation from across the
sector to proceed with a viable pilot exercise. This was due to
concerns raised about data processing arrangements related to
private sector sharing at a UK level (paragraph 7). The matter was
referred to the Scottish Government and the option to mandate
the involvement of housing associations in a pilot exercise was
considered. Following full consideration of the issues, the Scottish
Government has concluded that there is insufficient justification
at this stage to pursue legislative change to extend mandatory
participation. We will continue to work with housing associations,
the Scottish Government and the Public Sector Fraud Authority
to identify how perceived barriers to voluntary participation can
be removed.
Page 245

Page 246

183. Analysis by outcome area
3. Analysis by outcome area
Detailed analysis of the NFI in Scotland 2024/25, and
comparisons to previous NFI exercises, demonstrates the
value it continues to add.
The NFI matches data across different datasets to
address specific risks
29. Public bodies submit a range of datasets as part of the biennial
NFI data matching exercise. Each dataset is matched against the others
to address identified fraud risks. For example, payroll matches help to
identify people employed in more than one full-time post; creditors
matches can identify duplicate payments; and matches across council
tax and housing datasets can identify eligibility issues and undeclared
changes of circumstances.
30. The overall outcomes from the 2024/25 data matching exercise were
reported in Part 1. We provide some more detailed analysis of the data
matching carried out as part of the 2024/25 NFI in Scotland below.
Payroll matches identified several cases of dual
full-time employment and working in secondary
roles while off sick
31. Participating bodies submit details from their payroll systems
for matching to help identify occupational fraud and error. In the
2024/25 exercise:
• Two cases of dual full-time working (holding more than one
full-time job) were identified, with another three potential cases
still under investigation. These cases usually result in dismissal or
resignation and, in some cases, prosecution (2022/23: five cases).
• Three cases of working in a secondary role while off sick from the
main employer were identified, with a further five potential cases
still under investigation. These cases are usually dealt with in-house
and typically involve disciplinary action (2022/23: seven cases).
• The NFI also matches payroll records to creditor payments and
to Companies House data to identify any undeclared pecuniary
interests and/or fraudulent disbursements. Matching resulted in one
disciplinary procedure in 2024/25. Registers of interests were also
updated in a number of cases.
Page 246

Page 247

3. Analysis by outcome area 19
Duplicate creditor payments worth over £1.1 million
were identified in 2024/25
32. Participating bodies submit details of payments made to suppliers
(people or organisations) for goods and services, and data is matched
internally to identify potential duplicate payments.
33. In addition to identifying duplicate creditor payments, the NFI also
checks whether suppliers have been set up more than once on master
files, something which increases the risk that duplicate payments
can be made. Participating bodies can then cleanse their records and
reduce ongoing risk. Where no errors are identified from review of
matches, participating bodies can often take assurance that their control
arrangements are working effectively.
34. The number and value of duplicate creditor payments reported
in 2024/25 increased to 260 payments with a value of £1.1 million
(146 payments with a value of £0.8 million in 2022/23). This increase
is due in part to delays in the review of matches from the previous
exercise, with the results from this work (37 payments with a value of
£0.2 million) reported in 2024/25. However, there has also been better
focused follow up by many bodies in 2024/25. Overpayment numbers
and values reported for recent exercises are shown in Exhibit 7.
Exhibit 7. 
Duplicate creditor payments by NFI exercise
The number and value of identified duplicate payments increased in 2024/25.
2018/19 2020/21 2022/23 2024/25
£0.8m
£0.6m
£0.8m
£1.1m
Overpayments
147
Case numbers:
144 146 260
Source: Audit Scotland analysis of NFI outcomes data
Page 247

Page 248

3. Analysis by outcome area 20
More pensions were stopped or amended in 2024/25,
but the value of savings and outcomes recorded
decreased
35. The NFI includes mortality screening of public sector pensions.
Pensions in payment are matched to records of deaths enabling
administering authorities to stop or amend payments where deaths
have not previously been notified. The number of stopped or amended
pensions increased in 2024/25, to 108, but recorded outcomes
decreased (Exhibit 8).
36. The PSFA methodology for forward savings estimates is based on a
potential payment period from the date overpayments are identified until
the date the deceased pensioner would have reached the age of 85.
In addition to mortality screening of pensions in payment, the NFI also:
• mortality screens deferred pensions (where employees have left
the scheme but not yet retired) so that crystallised benefits can be
paid out. This identified 36 cases
• matches pensions to payroll to help identify cases where pension
abatement rules have been broken. Two pensions requiring
abatement were identified in 2024/25.
Exhibit 8. 
Pension overpayments and estimated forward savings by NFI exercise
The number of overpayments increased in 2024/25, but their value decreased.
2018/19 2020/21 2022/23 2024/25
£3.6m
£1.7m
£5.6m
£4.4m
Pension forward
savings estimate
£4.1m
£0.5m £0.5m £0.4m£0.1m
£1.8m
£6.1m
£4.8m
Pension
overpayments
69
Case numbers:
81 76 108
Source: Audit Scotland analysis of NFI outcomes data
Page 248

Page 249

3. Analysis by outcome area 21
Additional income from the withdrawal of council tax
single person discounts has been decreasing in recent
years, partly due to non-NFI checking of eligibility
37. People living on their own are eligible for a 25 per cent single person
discount (SPD) on their annual council tax bill. The NFI matches SPD
recipients to the electoral register, other NFI datasets, HMRC household
composition data, and death registration information.
38. Councils were able to withdraw £1.6 million of SPDs because of
NFI data matches in the two years since our last report in 2024. The
roll-forward estimate of additional income associated with these cases
is estimated at a further £2.5 million (based on a two-year roll-forward of
the annualised saving) (Exhibit 9).
39. Additional income in this area has been declining across NFI exercises
partly due to an increase in the number of councils using third party
providers for the matching and follow up of SPDs. Eleven councils now
use third party providers, an increase of two from the previous exercise.
This reduces the level of reported savings identified as part of NFI
data matching.
Exhibit 9. 
Additional income from council tax single person discounts by NFI exercise
The number and value of discounts removed because of NFI have been falling.
2018/19 2020/21 2022/23
(restated)
2024/25
£2.3m £2.1m £1.8m £1.6m
£3.9m £3.5m
£2.8m £2.5m Council tax SPD
forward savings
estimate
£6.2m
£5.6m
£4.5m
£4.1m
Council tax
SPD removed
4,588
Case numbers:
3,720 3,006 2,376
Note: 2022/23 figures were restated to exclude £0.36 million of outcomes which were found
to have not arisen from NFI matching.
Source: Audit Scotland analysis of NFI outcomes data
Page 249

Page 250

3. Analysis by outcome area 22
Additional income arising from the withdrawal
of council tax reduction scheme (CTRS) reliefs
increased again
40. Council tax reduction is available to low-income households in
Scotland. The NFI matches CTRS data to other datasets, such as payroll,
pensions, and HMRC records to help identify undeclared income.
41. Additional income from the removal of council tax reductions has
increased to £1.7 million in 2024/25 (from £1.1 million in 2022/23). Roll
forward estimates of additional income have also increased. The increase
is due largely to successful matches of CTRS to HMRC data on income
and capital, a relatively new match type where historic cases are being
identified for the first time (Exhibit 10).
Exhibit 10. 
Council tax reduction scheme relief withdrawn by NFI exercise
The number and value of discounts removed because of NFI has been increasing.
2018/19 2020/21 2022/23 2024/25
£0.3m
£0.6m £0.8m
£1.2m
£0.2m
£0.3m
£0.3m
£0.5m Forward savings
estimate
£0.5m
£0.9m
£1.1m
£1.7m
Discounts
removed
280
Case numbers:
773 472 555
Source: Audit Scotland analysis of NFI outcomes data
Page 250

Page 251

3. Analysis by outcome area 23
Non-domestic rates (NDR) Small Business Bonus
Scheme matches have resulted in outcomes of
around £4 million since their introduction
42. The Scottish Government’s non-domestic rates (NDR) Small
Business Bonus Scheme (SBBS) offers relief to eligible small businesses.
To qualify, the combined rateable value of a business’ premises must
be £35,000 or less, and each individual property must have a rateable
value of £20,000 or less. The scheme provides tapered relief, from
100 per cent down to 0 per cent as rateable values increase.
43. The NFI matches SBBS relief recipients across council areas to
identify cases where combined rateable values may have breached the
cumulative thresholds. Three matching runs have now been completed.
The additional income from the second and third matching runs are
included in the total outcomes for the 2024/25 NFI exercise. The
outcomes, by matching run, are shown on a cash basis in Exhibit 11.
Exhibit 11. 
Non-domestic rates Small Business Bonus Scheme withdrawn
Case numbers and additional income have dropped since the first matching run.
Run 1
2020/21
Run 2
2023/24
Run 3
2024/25
£0.9m
£0.4m £0.4m
£1.5m
£0.4m £0.4m Estimated
forward savings
£2.4m
£0.8m £0.8m
Actual relief
withdrawn
226
Case numbers:
82 64
Source: Audit Scotland analysis of NFI outcomes data
Page 251

Page 252

3. Analysis by outcome area 24
Housing benefits outcomes are decreasing as the
number of claimants continues to fall
44. Housing benefits (HB) help people on low incomes pay their rent.
Reported savings from the follow-up HB matches in 2024/25 totalled
£0.9 million. Outcomes in 2020/21 were impacted by Covid and those for
2022/23 were higher than expected due to the processing of backlogs by
the Department of Work and Pensions (DWP) (Exhibit 12).
Exhibit 12. 
Housing Benefits overpayments and forward savings  
The trend in HB savings is downward, in line with the roll out of universal credit.
2018/19 2020/21 2022/23 2024/25
£2.7m
£1.1m
£2m
£0.7m
£1.3m
£0.5m
£0.6m
£0.2m Forward savings
estimate
£4.0m
£1.6m
£2.6m
£0.9m
Overpayments
Note: In 2024/25, the savings identified by the DWP relating to Scotland were not directly identifiable
and the PSFA have apportioned total UK outcomes based on the numbers of referrals made.
Source: Audit Scotland analysis of NFI outcomes data
Page 252

Page 253

3. Analysis by outcome area 25
45. The long-term trend in reported savings from HB matches has been
downward and has been impacted by:
• HB cases in payment continue to decrease as benefit recipients
move on to universal credit
• NFI no longer matches HB to payroll and pensions as the DWP’s
Verify Earnings and Pensions alerts service notifies councils directly
of cases for investigation.
46. HB matches involving suspected fraud are referred to the DWP
for investigation. In 2024/25, almost £0.7 million of overpayments and
forward savings are thought to have arisen from these referrals. With
£0.2 million identified locally by councils, largely from the follow up of
matches to student loans and taxi drivers.
Adult concessionary travel screening has prevented
fraud and identified savings of around £0.15 million
47. Adult concessionary bus travel mortality screening was rolled out
to councils in September 2023 (reported in 2024). A second matching
run was undertaken based on passes in circulation in May 2024 and the
results are reported here. Cross-checks by Transport Scotland identified
the extent to which passes had been used where the passholder’s death
had not been previously reported.
48. In 2024/25, the full fare value of identified fraud was £0.2 million
(£0.31 million in 2022/23) with an underlying cost to Transport Scotland
of around £0.11 million (bus companies are not reimbursed for the
full fare value of journeys). While it is not possible to recover these
overpayments, the cancellation of passes prevents future fraud. The
estimated value of prevented fraud is in the region of £0.26 million
(£0.45 million in 2022/23) giving an underlying saving at £0.15 million
(£0.25 million in 2022/23).
49. Concessional travel passes can also be used on Edinburgh Trams and
the Glasgow Subway. We have not identified the extent of prevented
fraud or underlying savings for these networks, but cancellation also
curtails any ongoing use of passes on them.
The NFI prevents blue badges being reissued in the
event of fraudulent applications for renewal
50. The blue badge scheme allows individuals with mobility problems to
park for free at on-street parking meters, in many ‘pay and display’ bays,
in designated blue badge spaces, and on single or double yellow lines in
certain circumstances.
51. The NFI matches blue badges issued to records of deaths, enabling
badges to be cancelled. Cancellation of badges does not stop them
Page 253

Page 254

3. Analysis by outcome area 26
being used, but it does mean that they cannot be reissued, and it also
enables them to be recovered in use via spot checks.
52. The NFI has enabled councils to cancel just over 5,000 passes in
2024/25. The PSFA outcome methodology assigned an average value of
£695 to each blue badge cancelled and reported, resulting in a notional
outcome of £3.5 million.
Social care payments mortality screening was
reintroduced late in 2025 and savings have been
identified
53. The mortality screening of care home and personal care payments
was reintroduced in October 2025. As of 31 March 2026,
44 overpayments were identified amounting to £185,000. The forward
savings estimate, based on the roll forward of the weekly amount for
14 weeks, is a further £386,000.
In 2024/25, 17 housing tenancies were recovered due
to NFI data matching, providing a notional outcome
of £1.3 million
54. With reported housing shortages and high levels of homelessness,
addressing tenancy fraud is increasingly important. The NFI uses council
housing tenancy data to identify where the named tenant has passed
away or appears to be residing elsewhere. This helps councils identify
whether there has been abandonment, inappropriate succession or
fraudulent subletting.
55. In 2024/25, councils were able to identify and recover 17 properties
(including one on behalf of a Registered Social Landlord); this is up from
12 recoveries in 2022/23. The PSFA outcome methodology attributes a
value of £78,300 for each property recovered, based on lost income and
costs associated with an average fraudulent tenancy.
In 2024/25, almost 400 applications were removed
from housing waiting lists due to NFI data matching
56. Councils maintain waiting lists for council housing and, in some
cases, for all social housing in their area. The NFI matches waiting list
data to housing tenancy data and to other data sets, enabling undisclosed
changes in circumstances to be picked up. This enables removal of
ineligible applicants from the waiting list, stops inappropriate allocations,
and accelerates allocations to people in genuine need of social housing.
57. In 2024/25, 397 applicants were removed from housing waiting lists
giving a notional outcome of £1.7 million based on PSFA methodology of
applying £4,283 for each applicant removed.
Page 254

Page 255

27Appendix
Appendix
Estimated outcomes methodologies
Most NFI financial outcomes include an estimated
element
Most NFI datasets have a methodology to calculate forward savings
or the estimated value of fraud and error identified or potential fraud
prevented (where there is no direct payment or income stream involved).
These methodologies are developed by the Public Sector Fraud Authority
(PSFA) and take account of a number of factors including:
• data relevant to the fraud problem, including national published data
and data from previous NFI cases
• the policy context relative to the fraud problem
• alignment where possible with relevant estimated savings
methodologies used in other central government departments.
All methodologies are reviewed prior to the start of each new NFI
exercise. Any changes are reviewed by the PSFA NFI Governance Board
and approved by the PSFA Fraud Prevention Panel. This panel consists
of cross-government counter-fraud experts (including representatives
from DWP, HMRC, NHS, MOD, BEIS, DFID, NAO, etc.) who review and
challenge, where necessary, methodologies for calculating the estimated
value of fraud prevention initiatives across government departments.
Page 255

Page 256

Appendix 28
A summary of the outcomes methodology calculations applied to
NFI datasets is set out in the following table:
Data match Basis of calculation of forward savings and estimated
outcomes
Council tax single person
discount
Forward savings – Annual value of the discount cancelled
multiplied by two years.
Council tax reduction scheme Forward savings – Weekly change in council tax discount
multiplied by 40 weeks.
Housing benefit Forward savings – Weekly benefit reduction multiplied by
29 weeks.
Pensions Forward savings – Annual pension multiplied by the
number of years until the pensioner would have reached the
age of 85.
Social care payments Forward savings – weekly payment amount multiplied by
14 weeks.
Housing tenancy  Notional outcomes – £78,300 per property recovered,
based on: the annual cost of temporary accommodation of
£12,000; and an average three-year fraudulent tenancy at
time of identification plus forward savings for an additional
three years; legal costs to recover property; re-let cost; and
rent foregone during the void period between tenancies.
Housing waiting lists Notional outcomes – £4,283 for each case based on the
annual estimated cost of housing a family in temporary
accommodation, the duration a fraud may continue
undetected and the likelihood a waiting list applicant would
be provided a property.
Blue badges Notional outcomes – Number of badge holders confirmed
as having died, multiplied by £695 (average value on cases
reported in 2024/25) to reflect potential lost parking and
congestion charge revenue from fraudulent use.
Concessionary bus travel Forward savings – Number of bus passes used fraudulently
multiplied by £420. Based on average fraudulent use and
reflecting two years’ forward use.
Payroll Notional outcomes – £6,054 for each employee dismissed
or who resigns because of NFI matching.
NDR SBBS Forward savings – Annual value of the relief cancelled
multiplied by two years.
Page 256

Page 257

The National Fraud
Initiative in Scotland
2026
Audit Scotland, 4th Floor, 102 West Port, Edinburgh EH3 9DN
Phone: 0131 625 1500
www.audit.scot
ISBN 978 1 918486 19 3
Page 257

Page 258

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 259

1
Classification: OFFICIAL 
Audit & Risk Committee   
Date of Meeting: 22 September 2026 
Title of Report: Internal Audit Contract 
Presented by: James Gow, Head of Finance     
The Audit & Risk Committee is asked to:
• Note the current independent internal audit service contract ends on 31
March 2027.
• Agree an approach to commissioning of the internal audit service from April
2027 and instruct management to progress. 
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 
1.1 
1.2
The IJB is required to have an internal audit service in place. Following a
competitive tender exercise, the Argyll and Bute Council Internal Audit
Service were appointed by the IJB as its internal auditor for a period of three
years form 1 April 2021 to 31 March 2024, this was extended for a further
three years to 31 March 2027. The Audit and Risk Committee are now
required to decide on an approach to procuring a new contract for the IJB. 
The Internal Audit Service is a critical aspect of the governance and
assurance framework. The service is independent of management and
therefore the Audit & Risk Committee is expected to ensure that appropriate
arrangements are in place. This report outlines two potential approaches for
securing a new internal audit contract. The uncertainty regarding the public
sector reform agenda makes consideration of a short-term pragmatic option
at the present time. 
2.  INTRODUCTION 
2.1 This report outlines the options for securing an internal audit service from 1
April 2027. The Integration Scheme indicates that the IJB will normally seek
to procure its Internal Audit Service from the internal audit provider of one of
the partner bodies. This is to reduce duplication and ensure that the service
benefits from the intelligence gathered through the audits for at least one of
the two partner bodies. This is important as it is the partners that operate
and provide many of the corporate systems used by the HSCP. 
Page 259 Agenda Item 9

Page 260

2
Classification: OFFICIAL 
3. DETAIL OF REPORT 
3.1 
3.2 
3.3 
3.4 
The IJB is required to have an independent internal audit service in place.
The current internal audit service is provided by the Argyll & Bute Council
Internal Audit Service. They were appointed for 3 years following a
competitive procurement process from 1 April 2021 to 31 March 2024, this
was extended for a further 3 years to 31 March 2027. The Audit and Risk
Committee is required to decide on an approach to putting a new contract
in place from 1 April 2027 onwards. 
The internal audit service is a key part of the governance, control and
assurance framework. For it to be effective, the service is required to be
independent of management. The main objective of internal audit is to
provide a high quality, independent audit service to the IJB which provides
annual assurances in relation to internal controls and governance
arrangements. In addition to this primary assurance role, internal audit also:
support the Head of Finance (Section 95 Officer) and the Audit & Risk
Committee in the discharge of their duties, provide guidance on control
implications for new systems or process and support the IJB and the Senior
Leadership Team during key transformational / change projects. 
The GIAS (Global Internal Audit Standards) set out the requirements of the
service and the role of the Chief Internal Auditor (CIA). This includes
requirements to prepare a risk-based audit plan which takes into account
the IJB’s strategic objectives, associated risks and the views of senior
management and the Committee. It is a requirement that the service should
be fully compliant with these standards. The normal practice of putting in
place a three-year contract ensures that the internal auditor can design a
risk-based programme that covers all major risk areas over the contract
duration. 
However, the Committee may wish to consider extending the current
contract on a single year basis as a consequence of the uncertainty created
by the recent announcement in respect of public sector reform. The
proposals indicate substantial change for the sector but there is no clear
timeline at present and there is a lack of clarity in respect of the future of the
IJB and governance arrangements. A one-year contract would provide
continuity through what could become a challenging period from a
governance and assurance perspective. 
An alternative approach would be to request a three-year proposal in a
standard mini-competition format from the Internal Audit providers for both
partners: 
-Argyll & Bute Council Internal Audit Service 
-Azets – Internal Audit Provider for NHS Highland 
Both have indicated that they would be participate in the process. If this
approach is adopted the Audit Committee will be required to lead the
approval of the specification, evaluation process and recommend an
appointment to the IJB. Appropriate notice periods would be included in the
Page 260

Page 261

3
Classification: OFFICIAL 
3.5 
contract to allow for potential structural changes within a three-year time
horizon. NHS Highland are due to re-tender their contract with Mazars within
3 years, again subject to the timelines for public sector reform. The
Committee may wish to consider appointing a sub-group to lead this work to
ensure it concludes by 31 March 2027 if this approach is to be adopted. 
The current cost of the service for 50 days audit input is £25,000 which has
been fixed for the past 3 years. It is expected that the cost of any new
contract will increase due to inflationary pressures.  
4. RELEVANT DATA AND INDICATORS 
4.1 Internal audit contract and feedback from other procurement processes for
similar services. Committee view of the performance of the current service
provider. 
5. CONTRIBUTION TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES 
5.1 Ensuring that appropriate governance and control measures are in place is
a strategic priority for the IJB. 
6. GOVERNANCE IMPLICATIONS 
6.1 Financial Impact – minor impact from the increase in Internal Audit costs.   
6.2 Staff Governance – none. 
6.3 Clinical Governance – none. 
7. 
7.1 
8.
PROFESSIONAL ADVISORY 
None. 
EQUALITY AND DIVERSITY IMPLICATIONS 
8.1 
9. 
9.1
None. 
GENERAL DATA PROTECTION PRINCIPLES COMPLIANCE 
None. 
10. RISK ASSESSMENT 
10.1 The proposed extension to the existing service is assessed as being a
lower risk option than re-tendering the service at this point in time.
11. PUBLIC AND USER INVOLVEMENT AND ENGAGEMENT 
11.1 None. 
Page 261

Page 262

4
Classification: OFFICIAL 
12. CONCLUSIONS 
12.1  The Audit & Risk Committee is asked to consider the options outlined in this
report and make a decision on the preferred way forward to ensure a new
internal audit contract is in place from 1 April 2027. It is important that the
process is led by the Committee to ensure appropriate independence. 
13. DIRECTIONS 
Directions
required to
Council, NHS
Board or
both.
Directions to: tick
No Directions required x
Argyll & Bute Council 
NHS Highland Health Board 
Argyll & Bute Council and NHS Highland Health Board 
REPORT AUTHOR AND CONTACT
James Gow, Head of Finance, james.gow@argyll-bute.gov.uk 
Page 262

Page 263

Document is Restricted
Page 263 Agenda Item 10NOT FOR PUBLICATION by virtue of paragraph(s) 3, 4
of Schedule 7A of the Local Government(Scotland) Act 1973

Page 264

This page is intentionally left blank

Page 265

Document is Restricted
Page 267
NOT FOR PUBLICATION by virtue of paragraph(s) 3, 4
of Schedule 7A of the Local Government(Scotland) Act 1973

Page 266

This page is intentionally left blank